WO2014175201A1 - Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014175201A1
WO2014175201A1 PCT/JP2014/061133 JP2014061133W WO2014175201A1 WO 2014175201 A1 WO2014175201 A1 WO 2014175201A1 JP 2014061133 W JP2014061133 W JP 2014061133W WO 2014175201 A1 WO2014175201 A1 WO 2014175201A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
acid
examples
radiation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/061133
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敬充 冨賀
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020157029659A priority Critical patent/KR101783737B1/en
Publication of WO2014175201A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014175201A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/325Non-aqueous compositions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0046Photosensitive materials with perfluoro compounds, e.g. for dry lithography
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2041Exposure; Apparatus therefor in the presence of a fluid, e.g. immersion; using fluid cooling means

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film used therefor, and an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using these. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes, and the pattern forming method. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film, and an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using these.
  • the present invention relates to an ArF exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in an ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus, and an actinic ray used in the pattern forming method.
  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
  • Patent Document 1 a pattern formation method using a developer (organic developer) containing an organic solvent has been developed.
  • the following photoacid generator is used in the Example column of Patent Document 1.
  • An object of this invention is to provide the pattern formation method which can form a favorable-shaped pattern in view of the said situation.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, a resist film, an electronic device using these, and a method for producing the same.
  • the present inventors have found that the above-described problems can be solved by using a radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a predetermined photoacid generator. That is, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the following configuration.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a hydrophobic resin (HR) different from the resin (A), according to any one of (1) to (6) Pattern forming method.
  • (11) A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of (1) to (8).
  • (12) An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to (11).
  • the pattern formation method which can form a favorable-shaped pattern can be provided.
  • the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for it, a resist film, an electronic device using these, and its manufacturing method can be provided.
  • the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure to deep ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particles such as electron beams and ion beams. Line drawing is also included in the exposure.
  • (meth) acrylate” and “(meth) acrylic acid” mean “at least one of acrylate and methacrylate” and “at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid”, respectively.
  • the characteristic point of the present invention is that a group having a cyclic structure of the photoacid generator is further substituted with an organic group.
  • an organic group By including such an organic group, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator itself increases, and the diffusibility in the film decreases. Therefore, it becomes easy to form a pattern as a latent image after performing the exposure process.
  • the organic group is a group having a bulky structure (a group having a cyclic structure), and the effect is great.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes the following steps (a) to (c). (A) forming a film with an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) and (B) described later, (A) irradiating the film with actinic rays or radiation, and (C) Step of developing the film irradiated with the actinic ray or radiation using a developer containing an organic solvent
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition hereinafter, these components are simply referred to collectively as “composition”) in detail, and then the procedure of each step is described in detail.
  • Resin (A) is a resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic solvent decreases.
  • a part or all of the hydrophilic group in the molecule is protected by a protecting group that can be removed by contact with an acid, and the resin (A) is in contact with an acid. Then, this protecting group is eliminated and the solubility of the resin (A) in the organic solvent decreases.
  • the hydrophilic group protected by this protecting group is hereinafter also referred to as “acid labile group”.
  • the resin (A) can be produced by polymerizing a monomer having an acid labile group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer (a1)”). In the polymerization, only one type of monomer (a1) may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the monomer (a1) has an acid labile group.
  • the acid labile group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of the carboxy group is replaced with an organic residue, and the atom of the organic residue bonded to the oxy group is a tertiary carbon atom. It is done.
  • a preferred acid labile group is represented, for example, by the following formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid labile group (1)”).
  • R a1 , R a2 and R a3 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents a group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other to form a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group the alicyclic hydrocarbon group or the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 with each other has a methylene group
  • the methylene group is an oxy group, —S— or a carbonyl group. May be replaced. * Represents a bond. ]
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R a1 to R a3 include alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, and hexyl group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of R a1 to R a3 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be either unsaturated or saturated that does not exhibit aromaticity.
  • Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include decahydronaphthyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group and methylnorbornyl group, and groups shown below.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of R a1 to R a3 is preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group, and preferably has 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • the following groups are exemplified as the group represented by —C (R a1 ) (R a2 ) (R a3 ).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 with each other is preferably 3-12.
  • the acid labile group (1) include a 1,1-dialkylalkoxycarbonyl group (a group in which R a1 to R a3 are all alkyl groups in the formula (1), one of these alkyl groups is a tert -Butoxycarbonyl group is preferred.), 2-alkyladamantan-2-yloxycarbonyl group (in formula (1), R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other to form an adamantyl ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded) R a3 is an alkyl group) and 1- (adamantan-1-yl) -1-alkylalkoxycarbonyl group (in the formula (1), R a1 and R a2 are alkyl groups, and R a3 is adamantyl). Group which is a group).
  • examples of the acid labile group in the case where the hydrophilic group is a hydroxy group include those in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is replaced with an organic residue to become a group containing an acetal structure.
  • preferred acid labile groups are, for example, those represented by the following formula (2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid labile groups (2)”).
  • R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R b3 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R b2 and R b3 are bonded to each other to form a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms together with the carbon atom and the oxygen atom to which they are bonded.
  • the hydrocarbon group or the ring formed by combining R b2 and R b3 with each other has a methylene group
  • the methylene group may be replaced with an oxy group, —S— or a carbonyl group. * Represents a bond.
  • hydrocarbon group examples include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. At least one of R b1 and R b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • acid labile group (2) examples include the following groups.
  • the monomer (a1) having an acid labile group is preferably a monomer having an acid labile group and a carbon-carbon double bond, more preferably a (meth) acrylic monomer having an acid labile group.
  • the monomer (a1) is preferably a monomer having both an acid labile group (1) and / or an acid labile group (2) and a carbon-carbon double bond in the molecule, more preferably It is a (meth) acrylic monomer having an acid labile group (1).
  • the acid labile group (1) is preferably a group having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a resin (A) obtained by polymerizing the monomer (a1) having a group having a sterically bulky alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is obtained by using the composition of the present invention containing the resin (A).
  • the resist pattern can be manufactured with better resolution.
  • (meth) acryl represents acryl and / or methacryl.
  • (meth) acrylic monomers having an acid labile group (1) containing an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure a monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) (hereinafter referred to as “monomer (a1-1)”) And a monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer (a1-2)”) are preferable.
  • resin (A) contains at least one selected from a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by formula (a1-1) and a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by formula (a1-2) Is preferred.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) and one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2). . In another embodiment, the resin (A) preferably contains two or more repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2). In the resin (A), the ratio of the total amount of the repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) and the repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) to the total repeating units is: It is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 45 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) to the total repeating units is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 35 mol% or more, and 40 mol % Or more is more preferable.
  • the content ratio of each repeating unit in the resin (A) can be measured by, for example, 13 C-NMR.
  • L a1 and L a2 each independently represent an oxy group or a group represented by * —O— (CH 2 ) k1 —CO—O—.
  • k1 represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • * is a bond with a carbonyl group (—CO—).
  • R a4 and R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R a6 and R a7 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • m1 represents an integer of 0 to 14, and n1 represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • n1 ′ represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the notation “— (CH 3 ) m1 ” in the adamantane ring represents a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the adamantane ring (that is, a hydrogen atom of a methylene group and / or a methine group). Is replaced by a methyl group, and the number of the methyl group is m1.
  • L a1 and L a2 are preferably an oxy group or * —O— (CH 2 ) f1 —CO—O— (where f1 is 1 to 4 represents an integer of 4, and more preferably an oxy group. f1 is more preferably 1.
  • R a4 and R a5 are preferably methyl groups.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R a6 or R a7 is preferably a group having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group for R a6 or R a7 preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or less.
  • R a6 or R a7 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be either saturated or unsaturated, but saturated hydrocarbon It is preferably a group.
  • m1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • n1 ′ is preferably 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the monomer (a1-1) include the following.
  • the monomer (a1-1) 2-methyladamantan-2-yl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethyladamantan-2-yl (meth) acrylate and 2-isopropyladamantan-2-yl (meth) Acrylates are preferred, with 2-methyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate, 2-ethyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate and 2-isopropyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate being more preferred.
  • Examples of the monomer (a1-2) include the following. Among these, as the monomer (a1-2), 1-ethylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, and 1-ethylcyclohexyl methacrylate is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) is produced using the monomer (a1-1) and / or the monomer (a1-2), when the total structural unit of the obtained resin (A) is 100 mol%, it is derived from these monomers.
  • the total content of structural units is preferably in the range of 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably in the range of 15 to 90 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 20 to 85 mol%.
  • the amount of monomer (a1-1) and / or monomer (a1-2) used may be adjusted with respect to the amount of all monomers used.
  • the resin (A) in addition to the (meth) acrylic monomer (that is, the monomer (a1-1) and the monomer (a1-2)), an acid labile group (1), a carbon-carbon double bond, Other monomers having in the molecule can also be used.
  • the monomer (a1) having an acid labile group (2) is preferably a (meth) acrylic monomer.
  • a monomer represented by the formula (a1-5) hereinafter referred to as “monomer (a1-5)”) There is a).
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  • L 1 to L 3 each represents an oxy group, a group represented by —S— or * —O— (CH 2 ) k1 —CO—O—.
  • k1 represents an integer of 1 to 7
  • * is a bond with a carbonyl group (—CO—).
  • Z 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the methylene group contained in the alkylene group may be replaced with an oxy group or a carbonyl group.
  • s1 and s1 ′ each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. ]
  • R 31 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 1 is preferably an oxy group.
  • One of L 2 and L 3 is preferably an oxy group and the other is —S—.
  • s1 is preferably 1.
  • s1 ′ is preferably 0-2.
  • Z 1 is preferably a single bond or —CH 2 —CO—O—.
  • the content thereof is in the range of 10 to 95 mol% with respect to all the structural units (100 mol%) of the resin (A).
  • the range of 15 to 90 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 20 to 85 mol% is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) used in the composition is a copolymer obtained using a monomer having no acid labile group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid stable monomer”) in addition to the monomer (a1). It is preferable.
  • the amount of acid-stable monomer can be determined based on the amount of monomer (a1) used.
  • the ratio of the amount of monomer (a1) used and the amount of acid-stable monomer used is expressed as [monomer (a1)] / [acid-stable monomer], and is preferably 10 to 80 mol% / 90 to 20 mol%. More preferably, it is 20 to 60 mol% / 80 to 40 mol%.
  • the monomer having an adamantyl group particularly, monomer (a1-1)
  • the monomer having an adamantyl group with respect to the total amount (100 mol%) of the monomer (a1) used It is preferable to use 15 mol% or more. Thereby, there exists a tendency for the dry etching tolerance of the resist pattern obtained from the resist composition containing resin (A) to become more favorable.
  • acid-stable monomer examples include those having a hydroxy group or a lactone ring in the molecule.
  • Acid-stable monomer having a hydroxy group hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a2)” and / or acid-stable monomer having a lactone ring (hereinafter referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3)”)
  • the resin (A) having a structural unit derived from.) Is a coating film formed on the substrate or a composition layer obtained from the coating film when the resist composition containing the resin (A) is applied to the substrate. It becomes easy to express the outstanding adhesiveness between. Further, such a composition can produce a resist pattern with good resolution.
  • a suitable acid-stable monomer (a2) is listed depending on the type of exposure source used to obtain a resist pattern from the composition containing the resin (A). be able to. That is, when the resist composition of the present invention is used for KrF excimer laser exposure (wavelength: 248 nm), high energy beam exposure such as electron beam or EUV light, a phenolic hydroxy group is used as the acid stable monomer (a2). It is preferable to use the acid-stable monomer (a2-0) [for example, hydroxystyrenes] having for the production of the resin (A).
  • an acid-stable monomer represented by the formula (a2-1) described later is used for the production of the resin (A) as the acid-stable monomer (a2).
  • the acid-stable monomer (a2) used for the production of the resin (A) can be preferably selected depending on the exposure source used for producing the resist pattern.
  • the acid-stable monomer (a2) The resin (A) may be produced using only one kind of monomer suitable for the kind of the resin, or the resin (A) may be produced using two or more kinds of suitable monomers for the kind of the exposure source. Alternatively, the resin (A) may be produced using a suitable monomer according to the type of exposure source and two or more of the other acid stable monomers (a2).
  • acid stable monomer (a2) a styrene monomer such as p- or m-hydroxystyrene represented by the following formula (a2-0) (hereinafter referred to as “acid stable monomer (a2-0)”). Can be mentioned.
  • the formula (a2-0) is shown in a form in which the phenolic hydroxy group is not protected with a suitable protecting group.
  • R a30 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • R a31 is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an acyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an acryloyl group, or methacryloyl Represents a group.
  • ma represents an integer of 0 to 4. When ma is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R a31 are independent of each other. ]
  • R a30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and further preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 31 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • R a31 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and further preferably a methoxy group.
  • ma is preferably 0, 1 or 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
  • the resin (A) having a structural unit derived from such an acid stable monomer (a2-0) is produced, the phenolic hydroxy group in the acid stable monomer (a2-0) is protected with a protecting group.
  • Monomers can be used.
  • the protecting group include a protecting group that is eliminated with an acid. Since the phenolic hydroxy group protected with a protecting group capable of leaving with an acid can be deprotected by contact with an acid, a structural unit derived from an acid stable monomer (a2-0) can be easily formed. Can do.
  • the resin (A) since the resin (A) has the structural unit (a1) containing an acid labile group, an acid stable monomer in which a phenolic hydroxy group is protected with a protective group that can be deprotected with a base ( When carrying out the polymerization using a2-0) and deprotecting, it is preferable to deprotect by contact with a base so as not to significantly impair the acid labile group of the structural unit (a1).
  • the protecting group that can be deprotected with a base include an acetyl group and the like.
  • the base include 4-dimethylaminoviridine, triethylamine and the like.
  • Examples of the acid stable monomer (a2-0) include the following monomers.
  • the phenolic hydroxy group is not protected by a protecting group.
  • 4-hydroxystyrene or 4-hydroxy- ⁇ -methylstyrene is particularly preferable.
  • the resin (A) is produced using 4-hydroxystyrene or 4-hydroxy- ⁇ -methylstyrene, it is preferable to use those obtained by protecting the phenolic hydroxy group in these with a protective group.
  • the content thereof is 5 to 95 mol% with respect to the total structural unit (100 mol%) of the resin (A).
  • the range of 10 to 80 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 15 to 80 mol% is more preferable.
  • the acid stable monomer (a2-1) include monomers represented by the following formula (a2-1).
  • L a3 represents an oxy group or * —O— (CH 2 ) k2 —CO—O—, k2 represents an integer of 1 to 7.
  • R a14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R a15 and R a16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxy group.
  • o1 represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • L a3 is preferably an oxy group, —O— (CH 2 ) f1 —CO—O— (where f1 is an integer of 1 to 4), more preferably Is an oxy group.
  • R a14 is preferably a methyl group.
  • R a15 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R a16 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group.
  • o1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the acid stable monomer (a2-1) include the following. Among these, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate, 3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate and (meth) acrylic acid 1- (3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl Oxycarbonyl) methyl is preferred, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate and 3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate are more preferred, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl methacrylate and 3, More preferred is 5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl methacrylate.
  • the content thereof is 3 to 40 mol% with respect to the total structural unit (100 mol%) of the resin (A).
  • the range of 5 to 35 mol% is more preferable, the range of 5 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 15 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • the lactone ring possessed by the acid-stable monomer (a3) may be monocyclic such as ⁇ -propiolactone ring, ⁇ -butyrolactone ring and ⁇ -valerolactone ring, and the monocyclic lactone ring and other rings Or a condensed ring.
  • lactone rings a ⁇ -butyrolactone ring and a condensed ring of ⁇ -butyrolactone ring with other rings are preferable.
  • the acid stable monomer (a3) is preferably represented by the following formula (a3-1), formula (a3-2) or formula (a3-3). In manufacture of resin (A), only 1 type may be used among these and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the resin (A) more preferably contains at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-1).
  • the resin (A) includes at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-1) and at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-2). It is particularly preferable to include it.
  • acid-stable monomer (a3) represented by the formula (a3-1) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-1)”
  • acid-stable monomer represented by the formula (a3-2) ( a3) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-2)”
  • acid-stable monomer (a3) represented by formula (a3-3) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-3)”.
  • L a4 , L a5 and L a6 are each independently —O— or * —O— (CH 2 ) k3 —CO—O—.
  • k3 represents an integer of 1 to 7.
  • R a18 , R a19 and R a20 (hereinafter referred to as “R a18 to R a20 ”) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R a21 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • p1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • L a4 to L a6 in formula (a3-1) to formula (a3-3) include those described for L a3 .
  • L a4 to L a6 are preferably each independently —O— or * —O— (CH 2 ) d1 —CO—O— (where d1 is an integer of 1 to 4), -O- is preferable.
  • R a18 to R a21 are preferably methyl groups.
  • R a22 and R a23 are each independently preferably a carboxy group, a cyano group or a methyl group.
  • p1, q1 and r1 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the acid-stable monomer (a3-3) having a condensed ring of ⁇ -butyrolactone ring and cyclohexane ring include the following.
  • the contents of the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-1), the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-2), and the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-3) are the total structure of the resin (A).
  • the amount is preferably 5 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 20 to 50 mol%, based on the unit (100 mol%).
  • acid-stable monomers other than the acid-stable monomer (a2) and the acid-stable monomer (a3) include anhydrous anhydrides represented by the formula (a4-1)
  • maleic acid, itaconic anhydride represented by formula (a4-2) and an acid-stable monomer having a norbornene ring represented by formula (a4-3) hereinafter referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a4-3)”.
  • the resin (A) is a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride represented by the formula (a4-1), a structural unit derived from itaconic anhydride represented by the formula (a4-2), and a monomer (a4-3)
  • the total content is based on all structural units (100 mol%) of the resin (A).
  • the range of 2 to 40 mol% is preferable, the range of 3 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 20 mol% is more preferable.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • Ring X1 represents a heterocyclic ring having 2 to 36 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the heterocyclic ring is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, It may be substituted with an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms or an acyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Ring X1 is preferably a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or a heterocyclic ring containing this 4- to 7-membered ring, and a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or such a 4 to 6-membered ring Heterocycles containing rings are more preferred. It is preferable that —CO— is arranged at a position bonded to a nitrogen atom, that is, the ring X1 is a lactam ring.
  • the structural unit (II) is preferably a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (IID).
  • R b7 and R b8 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • m2 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R b9 and R b10 each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • R b11 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • R b9 and R b10 may be bonded together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded to form a 3- to 12-membered ring (preferably a 3- to 7-membered ring) alicyclic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the methylene group contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon ring may be replaced with an oxy group, a thioxy group or a carbonyl group.
  • L b11 represents —S— or —O—.
  • o2, p2, s2, and t2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • q2 and r2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • u2 represents 0 or 1.
  • the plurality of R b13 may be the same or different from each other.
  • the plurality of R b14 may be the same or different from each other, and s2 is 2 or more.
  • the plurality of R b17 may be the same or different from each other, and when t2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b18 may be the same or different from each other.
  • Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon groups include a phenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 4-ethylphenyl group, a 4-tert-butylphenyl group, a 4-cyclohexylphenyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a biphenylyl group, and a naphthyl group. Etc. are preferable.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with an alkyl group is typically an aralkyl group, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a trityl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a naphthylethyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-3) include the following.
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group for L b1 may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and a glycidyloxy group.
  • Etc examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl group, phenethyl group, phenylpropyl group, trityl group, naphthylmethyl group, and naphthylethyl group.
  • cyclic aliphatic group for example, two hydrogen atoms of the cycloalkane represented by the following formulas (KA-1) to (KA-7) were removed as a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group include groups in which two hydrogen atoms of cycloalkane represented by the following formulas (KA-8) to (KA-22) are removed.
  • Specific examples of the group in which the methylene group constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group include any of the following formulas (Y1) to (Y15): The group represented by these is mentioned.
  • * represents a bond bonded to L b1 . Note that the bond that is bonded to R is omitted in the following figures.
  • the arylene group as W is, for example, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a phenanthrylene group, or an anthrylene group.
  • the group having a heterocyclic structure as W may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity.
  • the heteroatom contained in this group is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom.
  • Specific examples of the heterocyclic structure include lactone ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring and morpholine ring.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring are preferable.
  • R represents an organic group.
  • the “organic group” means a functional group having at least one or more carbon atoms (for example, a linear aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group obtained by combining them) ) And may contain a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom).
  • R is a group having a cyclic structure.
  • the group having a cyclic structure include a cyclic aliphatic group, an aryl group, and a group having a heterocyclic structure.
  • the cycloaliphatic group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure.
  • monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group are preferable.
  • the cycloaliphatic group having a polycyclic structure is preferably a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group is, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, or an anthryl group.
  • the group having a heterocyclic structure may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity.
  • the heteroatom contained in this group is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom.
  • heterocyclic structure examples include lactone ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring and morpholine ring.
  • a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring are preferable.
  • the group having a cyclic structure represented by R may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, Examples include an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • alkyl group which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • aryl group preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms
  • a hydroxy group examples include an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • R includes a hydroxy group protected by a protecting group (hereinafter also referred to as “protected hydroxy group” in some cases).
  • This protecting group refers to a group that can be deprotected by the action of an acid.
  • a protecting group well known in the organic synthesis field can be adopted as a protecting group for a hydroxy group.
  • equation (1A) and group represented by a formula (2A) are mentioned. Among these, the group represented by the formula (2A) is more preferable.
  • R a61 to R a63 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond. ]
  • R a61 ′ and R a62 ′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • R a63 ′ represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R a62 ′ and R a63 ′ are bonded to each other to form a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the methylene group constituting the monovalent hydrocarbon group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • the methylene group constituting the divalent hydrocarbon group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the alkyl groups of R a61 to R a63 in the formula (1A) include those already exemplified in the range of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and it is preferable that all of R a61 to R a63 are methyl groups.
  • R is a group represented by -L 10 -R 10 .
  • L 10 represents a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the methylene group constituting the divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, or —NR 11 — ( R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 10 is a monovalent organic group containing an anthracene ring, a fluorene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and the organic group may have a substituent. More specific examples of R 10 include those represented by the following formulas (R 1 -1) to (R 1 -22). Note that * in each of the specific examples of R 1 is a bond to L 10 .
  • R include groups represented by -O-CO-O-L 11 -Y 11.
  • L 11 represents a single bond or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkylene group), and the methylene group constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group.
  • alkanediyl group in L 11 include linear alkanediyl and branched alkanediyl.
  • methylene group ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1
  • Linear alkanediyl group such as, 6-diyl group
  • a straight chain alkanediyl group having a side chain of an alkyl group particularly an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • L 11 is preferably a single bond or a methylene group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include decahydronaphthyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group and methylnorbornyl group, and groups shown below.
  • This alicyclic hydrocarbon group optionally has a substituent.
  • the “substituent alicyclic hydrocarbon group” means a group in which a hydrogen atom in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a substituent.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom (excluding a fluorine atom), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms.
  • An acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, a glycidyloxy group, or — (CH 2 ) j2 —OC Group (wherein represented by O-R i1, R i1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, alicyclic hydrocarbon group or aromatic having 6 to 18 carbon atoms having 3 to 16 carbon atoms Represents a hydrocarbon group, j2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and the like.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and aralkyl group which are substituents of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may have, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • alkoxy group examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, decyloxy group and dodecyloxy group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, p-methylphenyl group, p-tert-butylphenyl group, p-adamantylphenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, mesityl group, Examples thereof include aryl groups such as biphenyl group, phenanthryl group, 2,6-diethylphenyl group and 2-methyl-6-ethylphenyl.
  • aralkyl group examples include benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, trityl, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group and the like.
  • acyl group examples include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group.
  • the methylene group constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —)
  • Examples of the group replaced with a carbonyl group include a cyclic ether structure (a group in which one or two methylene groups constituting an alicyclic hydrocarbon group are replaced with oxygen atoms), a cyclic ketone group (an alicyclic group).
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group for Y 11 for example, the following formulas (Y1) to (Y29) are preferable. * Represents a bond to L 11.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the composition is not particularly limited, but 3 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 3 to 15% by mass is more preferable.
  • the total solid content intends the total mass of components constituting the film described later, and intends other components excluding the solvent.
  • the compound represented by general formula (I) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • composition of the present invention may contain components other than the compound represented by the resin (A) and the general formula (I). Below, an arbitrary component is explained in full detail.
  • composition in the present invention comprises a compound (B2) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation other than the compound represented by the above general formula (I) (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” or “compound (B2)”. May also be included.
  • the compound (B2) is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • the compound (B2) may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer.
  • the compound (B2) is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the compound (B2) is in a form incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, or may be incorporated into a resin different from the acid-decomposable resin. .
  • the compound (B2) is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • photo-initiator of photocation polymerization As the acid generator, photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc.
  • the known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used. Examples thereof include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and an oxygen atom in the ring, It may contain a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group). Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
  • non-nucleophilic anion as Z ⁇ examples include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
  • a non-nucleophilic anion is an anion that has an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction and is an anion that can suppress degradation over time due to an intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved.
  • the sulfonate anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
  • Examples of the carboxylate anion include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent.
  • examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony and the like (eg, SbF 6 ⁇ ).
  • non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least ⁇ position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, an alkyl group Is preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion wherein an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
  • particularly preferable examples include compounds exemplified in paragraph [0143] of US2012 / 0207978A1.
  • the acid generator can be synthesized by a known method, for example, according to the method described in JP-A No. 2007-161707.
  • the total content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the composition. It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (HR)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is a resin having a relatively small surface free energy as compared with the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the immersion medium is In the case of water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the film surface with respect to water can be improved, and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
  • Hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed at the interface as described above, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and polar / nonpolar substances should be mixed uniformly. It does not have to contribute to
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom.
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be contained in the side chain.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) has a hydrophobic group such as a branched alkyl group or a long-chain alkyl group (preferably having 4 or more carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or more carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 8 or more carbon atoms). It is also preferable.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the composition can be appropriately adjusted and used so that the receding contact angle of the film formed from the composition falls within the preferred range described later, but based on the total solid content of the composition Is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 8% by mass. is there.
  • the hydrophobic resin (HR) may have a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (a) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (a)”).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • a 1 represents an optionally substituted alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by the formula (a-g1).
  • a 10 and A 12 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • a 11 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a single bond.
  • X 10 and X 11 are each independently an oxygen atom (in this specification, the oxygen atom may be represented by “—O—”), a carbonyl group (herein, the carbonyl group is represented by “—CO—”).
  • a carbonyloxy group in the present specification, the carbonyloxy group may be represented by “—CO—O—”) or an oxycarbonyl group (in the present specification, the oxycarbonyl group is represented by It may be represented by “—O—CO—”. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 10 , A 11 , A 12 , X 10 and X 11 is 6 or less. ]]
  • a 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by the above formula (a-g1) (hereinafter referred to as “group (a-g1)”).
  • group (a-g1) The alkanediyl group of A 1 may be linear or branched, for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propanediyl group, propanediyl group, butanediyl group, pentanediyl group, pentanediyl group and hexanediyl. Groups and the like.
  • the hydrogen atom constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a 1 is preferably an alkanediyl group, more preferably an alkanediyl group having no substituent, further preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an ethylene group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R 2 may have a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, but is preferably an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • an alkyl group (the alkyl group may be linear or branched) and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic combination of an alkyl group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group A hydrocarbon group etc. are mentioned.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a decahydronaphthyl group, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a methylnorbornyl group, and the groups shown below.
  • Aliphatic hydrocarbon group R 2 may not have even have a substituent, R 2 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent.
  • the substituent for R 2 is preferably a halogen atom or a group represented by the formula (ag3) (hereinafter referred to as “group (ag3)”).
  • X 12 represents an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
  • a 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom is typically an alkyl group having a halogen atom and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom (preferably a cycloalkyl group having a halogen atom).
  • An alkyl group having a halogen atom is one in which a hydrogen atom constituting the alkyl group is substituted with a halogen atom.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom is a group in which a hydrogen atom constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a halogen atom.
  • a halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom is mentioned, Preferably it is a fluorine atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom for R 2 is a perfluoroalkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms constituting the alkyl group are substituted with fluorine atoms, or all of the hydrogen atoms constituting the cycloalkyl group are substituted with fluorine atoms.
  • Perfluorocycloalkyl groups are preferred. Among these, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
  • perfluoroalkyl group examples include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a perfluoroheptyl group, and a perfluorooctyl group.
  • X 12 is preferably a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
  • Examples of the compound (a) in which R 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom and A 1 is an ethylene group include compounds represented by the following formulas (a1) to (a16).
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a group represented by the formula (a-g3) may have one or a plurality of groups (ag3), but is included in the group (ag3).
  • the total number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group including the number of carbon atoms is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. In order to satisfy such a preferable total carbon number, a group having one group (ag3) is preferable as R 2 .
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the group (ag3) that is, R 2 having the group (ag3) is A group represented by the following formula (a-g2) (hereinafter referred to as “group (a-g2)”) is preferable.
  • a 13 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  • X 12 represents a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
  • a 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 13 , A 14 and X 12 is 18 or less.
  • R 2 is a compound which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one group represented by the formula (a-g3) (a) , i.e., compounds wherein R 2 is a group represented by the formula (a-g2) Specifically, (a) is represented by the following formula (a ′) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (a ′)”).
  • a 13 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
  • X 12 represents a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
  • a 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 13 and A 14 is 17 or less.
  • a 1 and R 1 are as defined above.
  • the compound (a ′) is a useful compound as a raw material for producing the hydrophobic resin (HR) contained in the composition.
  • both A 13 and A 14 may have a halogen atom, but only A 13 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom, or only A 14 has a halogen atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • only A 13 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom, and among them, A 13 is more preferably an alkanediyl group having a fluorine atom, and more preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group.
  • the “perfluoroalkanediyl group” refers to an alkanediyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
  • Examples of the compound (a ′) in which R 2 is a perfluoroalkanediyl group and A 1 is an ethylene group include compounds represented by the following formulas (a′1) to (a′10).
  • a 13 and A 14 are arbitrarily selected within a range where the total number of carbon atoms is 17 or less, and the carbon number of A 13 is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms of A 14 is preferably 4-15, and more preferably 5-12.
  • Further preferred A 14 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a cyclohexyl group or an adamantyl group.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller.
  • the acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like.
  • Examples of the acid diffusion controller include a basic compound, a low molecular compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, a basic compound whose basicity is reduced or disappeared by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid.
  • An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the generator can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • Preferred compounds include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like, and more preferred compounds include imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate Examples thereof include a compound having a structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond. Specific examples of preferred compounds include those exemplified in paragraph [0379] of US2012 / 0219913A1.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • amine compound a primary, secondary or tertiary amine compound can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound.
  • the amine compound has an cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • the amine compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
  • ammonium salt compound a primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium salt compound can be used, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the ammonium salt compound may be a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group, provided that at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably having 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to a nitrogen atom.
  • the ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
  • anion of the ammonium salt compound examples include halogen atoms, sulfonates, borates, and phosphates. Among them, halogen atoms and sulfonates are preferable. The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain a basic compound.
  • the content of the basic compound is usually 0.001 to 10 mass based on the solid content of the composition. %, Preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • the acid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
  • a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, a hemi group as a group leaving by the action of an acid.
  • Aminal ether groups are preferred, with carbamate groups and hemiaminal ether groups being particularly preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (C) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
  • an amine derivative having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • Compound (C) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group ( Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are substituted with a functional group such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom. It may be.
  • Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group. Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
  • the compound (C) has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • l 2
  • two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • the heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are described above as the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of Ra include Rb The same group as the specific example mentioned above about is mentioned.
  • the particularly preferable compound (C) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
  • the low molecular compound (C) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (C) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, further based on the total solid content of the composition. Preferably, the content is 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • a basic compound whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease or disappearance of proton acceptor properties.
  • a compound that changes from proton acceptor properties to acidic properties is also referred to as compound (PA).
  • the proton acceptor functional group is a group that can interact electrostatically with a proton or a functional group having an electron.
  • a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a ⁇ -conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.
  • Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (PA) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1. More preferably, ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 3.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value, the higher the acid strength.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the following software package 1, Hammett
  • the values based on the substituent constants and the database of known literature values can also be obtained by calculation.
  • the values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
  • Software package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
  • the compound (PA) generates, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
  • PA-1 a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
  • Q represents —SO 3 H, —CO 2 H, or —W 1 NHW 2 R f .
  • R f represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, and W 1 and W 2 each independently represent —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, or —N (R x ) R y —.
  • R x represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • R y represents a single bond or a divalent organic group.
  • R x may be bonded to R y to form a ring, or may be bonded to R to form a ring.
  • R represents a monovalent organic group having a proton acceptor functional group.
  • the divalent linking group in A is preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group. More preferred is an alkylene group having at least one fluorine atom, and the preferred carbon number is 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4.
  • the alkylene chain may have a linking group such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the alkylene group is particularly preferably an alkylene group in which 30 to 100% of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, and more preferably, the carbon atom bonded to the Q site has a fluorine atom.
  • a perfluoroalkylene group is preferable, and a perfluoroethylene group, a perfluoropropylene group, and a perfluorobutylene group are more preferable.
  • the monovalent organic group for R x preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group for R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 20 linear and branched alkyl groups, which may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain.
  • Preferred examples of the divalent organic group for R y include an alkylene group. Examples of the ring structure that R x and R y may be bonded to each other include a 5- to 10-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring.
  • the proton acceptor functional group in R is as described above, and examples thereof include azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amines, and groups having a heterocyclic aromatic structure containing nitrogen such as pyridine and imidazole.
  • the organic group having such a structure preferably has 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • An alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group containing a proton acceptor functional group or an ammonium group in R is exemplified as R x.
  • R and R x are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the ring.
  • Examples of the monocyclic structure include a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, and an 8-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • Examples of the polycyclic structure include a structure composed of a combination of two or three or more monocyclic structures.
  • R f in -X 1 NHX 2 R f represented by Q preferred is an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms It is a group.
  • X 1 and X 2 at least one is preferably —SO 2 —, and more preferably, both X 1 and X 2 are —SO 2 —.
  • Q is particularly preferably —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H from the viewpoint of the hydrophilicity of the acid group.
  • a compound in which the Q site is a sulfonic acid can be synthesized by using a general sulfonamidation reaction.
  • a method in which one sulfonyl halide part of a bissulfonyl halide compound is selectively reacted with an amine compound to form a sulfonamide bond, and then the other sulfonyl halide part is hydrolyzed, or a cyclic sulfonic acid anhydride is used. It can be obtained by a method of ring-opening by reacting with an amine compound.
  • the compound (PA) is preferably an ionic compound.
  • the proton acceptor functional group may be contained in either the anion portion or the cation portion, but is preferably contained in the anion portion.
  • Preferred examples of the compound (PA) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6).
  • C + represents a counter cation.
  • the counter cation is preferably an onium cation.
  • the iodonium cation described is a preferred example.
  • specific examples of the compound (PA) include compounds exemplified in paragraph [0280] of US2011 / 0269072A1.
  • a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected.
  • an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
  • A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents 1 or 2.
  • R represents an aryl group.
  • R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group.
  • X ⁇ represents a counter anion. Specific examples of X ⁇ include the same as the anion moiety of the acid generator. Specific examples of the aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
  • Specific examples of the proton acceptor functional group R N has the previously described formula (PA-1) It is the same as the proton acceptor functional group described in 1.
  • Specific examples of the ionic compound having a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety include the compounds exemplified in paragraph [0291] of US2011 / 0269072A1. Such a compound can be synthesized with reference to methods described in, for example, JP-A-2007-230913 and JP-A-2009-122623.
  • Compound (PA) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the compound (PA) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • an onium salt that becomes a weak acid relative to the acid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • an acid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the acid generator are mixed and used, the acid generated from the acid generator by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation When it collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the acid generator is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
  • R 51 is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group
  • Z 2c is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (provided that the carbon adjacent to S R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group
  • Rf is a fluorine atom.
  • Each of the M + is independently a sulfonium or iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation represented by S + (R 201 ) (R 202 ) (R 203 ) described above, I + (R 204 ) (R 205 ).
  • the iodonium cation represented by these is mentioned.
  • Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-1) include The structure exemplified in paragraph [0198] of JP-A-2-242799 can be exemplified.
  • Preferred examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-2) include The structure exemplified in paragraph [0201] of JP-A-2-242799 can be exemplified.
  • Preferable examples of the anion part of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-3) include The structures exemplified in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of JP-A-2-242799 can be given.
  • An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to an acid generator is a compound that has a cation moiety and an anion moiety in the same molecule, and the cation moiety and the anion moiety are linked by a covalent bond. Good.
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking the cation moiety and the anion moiety.
  • -X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N.
  • R 4 is a group having a carbonyl group: —C ( ⁇ O) —, a sulfonyl group: —S ( ⁇ O) 2 —, and a sulfinyl group: —S ( ⁇ O) — at the site of connection with the adjacent N atom.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to form a double bond with the N atom.
  • the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylamino A carbonyl group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • L 1 as the divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, and two types thereof. Examples include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include paragraphs [0037] to [0039] of JP2013-6827A and paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP2013-8020A. ] Can be mentioned.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-2) include compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0012] to [0013] of JP2012-189977A.
  • Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-3) include the compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0029] to [0031] of JP 2012-252124 A.
  • the content of the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the acid generator is preferably 0.5 to 10.0% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 8.0% by mass based on the solid content of the composition. % Is more preferable, and 1.0 to 8.0% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the composition may contain a solvent (D).
  • the solvent (D) is used on the substrate in the production of a resist pattern, which will be described later, according to the type and amount of the resin (A) and the type and amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I). From the viewpoint that the applicability when applying the composition is improved, an optimum one can be selected.
  • glycol ether esters such as ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); glycol ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME); ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Examples thereof include esters such as amyl and ethyl pyruvate; ketones such as acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone and cyclohexanone; cyclic esters such as ⁇ -butyrolactone, and carbonates such as propylene carbonate.
  • esters such as amyl and ethyl pyruvate
  • ketones such as acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone and cyclohexanone
  • cyclic esters such as ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • carbonates such as propylene carbonate.
  • a solvent (D) Only 1 type may be used for a solvent (D) and it may use 2 or more types together.
  • Preferred solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • a solvent containing at least one of 2-heptanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone is more preferable, and a mixed solvent of two or more containing 2-heptanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferable.
  • two kinds of mixed solvents selected from PGMEA / ethyl lactate, PGMEA / PGME, PGMEA / cyclohexanone, PGMEA / ethyl lactate / ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA / cyclohexanone / ⁇ -butyrolactone, PGMEA / 2-heptanone / propylene Carbonate, PGME / cyclohexanone / propylene carbonate, PGMEA / PG A mixed solvent of three kinds selected from ME / ⁇ -butyrolactone, a mixed solvent of four kinds of PGMEA / PGME / cyclohexanone / ⁇ -butyrolactone, and the like are preferable.
  • the composition may contain components other than the above-described components (for example, the resin (A), the acid generator (B), the solvent (D), the basic compound (E), etc.) as necessary. .
  • This component is referred to as “component (F)”.
  • component (F) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include additives known in the resist field, such as sensitizers, dissolution inhibitors, surfactants, stabilizers, and dyes.
  • the pattern forming method (negative pattern forming method) of the present invention includes at least the following steps. (A) a step of forming a film (resist film) containing the composition of the present invention (film forming step), (A) a step of irradiating the film with actinic rays or radiation (exposure step); and (c) a step of developing the film irradiated with actinic rays or radiation using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent development step). )
  • the exposure (irradiation with actinic rays or radiation) in the step (a) may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (i) a heating step after (b) the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may further include (e) a step of developing using an alkali developer. By including the step (e), it is expected that a resist pattern finer than the optical pattern can be formed by a single exposure as described in JP-A-2008-292975.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (a) an exposure step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (d) a heating step a plurality of times.
  • the resist film of the present invention is formed from the above-described composition of the present invention, and more specifically, is preferably a film formed by applying the composition to a substrate.
  • the step of forming a film of the composition on the substrate, the step of exposing the film, and the developing step can be performed by generally known methods.
  • PB preheating step
  • PEB post-exposure heating step
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • Infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, an electron beam, etc. can be mentioned, Preferably it is 250 nm or less.
  • KrF excimer laser 248 nm
  • ArF excimer laser (193 nm)
  • F 2 excimer laser 157 nm
  • X-ray EUV
  • EUV 13 nm
  • electron beam etc.
  • KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
  • an immersion exposure method can be applied.
  • the immersion exposure method is a technology for filling and exposing a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”) as a technique for increasing the resolving power.
  • immersion liquid a liquid having a high refractive index
  • the resolution and the focus margin (DOF) can be expressed by the following equations.
  • k 1 and k 2 are coefficients related to the process.
  • a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
  • the immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film.
  • an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm)
  • an additive liquid that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion.
  • This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
  • an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like.
  • the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. Therefore, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
  • the electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 MQcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
  • an additive for increasing the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
  • the receding contact angle of the resist film formed using the composition in the present invention is preferably 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ⁇ 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ⁇ 5%, and is suitable for exposure through an immersion medium. More preferably 75 ° or more, and further preferably 75 to 85 °. If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited.
  • the receding contact angle on the resist film surface can be improved by adding the hydrophobic resin (HR) to the composition in the present invention.
  • the ClogP value of the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably 1.5 or more.
  • the mass content of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the CH 3 partial structure in the hydrophobic resin (HR) is 12.0% or more. It is preferable.
  • the immersion head In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed and form an exposure pattern.
  • the contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
  • the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and silicon, SiN, inorganic substrates such as SiO 2 and SiN, coated inorganic substrates such as SOG, semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, liquid crystal, and thermal head
  • silicon, SiN, inorganic substrates such as SiO 2 and SiN coated inorganic substrates such as SOG
  • semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, liquid crystal, and thermal head
  • a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process or other photofabrication lithography process can be used.
  • an organic antireflection film may be formed between the film and the substrate.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
  • examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia.
  • Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alkaline aqueous solutions such as alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and pihelidine can be used.
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
  • an organic developer As the developer (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer) in the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is included in the pattern forming method of the present invention, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent Polar solvents such as solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, formic acid Ester solvents such
  • a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less which is a particularly preferable range include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone , Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3- Methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate, butyl lactate and propyl lactate, n-butyl alcohol Alcohol solvents such as sec-butyl alcohol
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720,
  • it is a nonionic surfactant.
  • it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • the developer containing an organic solvent may contain a basic compound.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those described above for the basic compound that can be contained in the composition.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / m m 2 or less, more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • the flow rate 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • the developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • the pattern formation method of the present invention can further include a step (e) (alkali development step) of performing development using an alkaline aqueous solution to form a resist pattern. Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.
  • a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step (c), but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by performing an alkali development step.
  • the alkali development can be performed either before or after the development step (c) using a developer containing an organic solvent, but is more preferably performed before the organic solvent development step (c).
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents should be used. Is preferred. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be. A plurality of each component may be
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • composition (resist composition)> A solution obtained by dissolving the components shown in Table 1 below in a solvent shown in the same table was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 ⁇ m to prepare a resist composition.
  • W-1 Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine-based)
  • W-2 Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine and silicon)
  • W-3 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (silicon-based)
  • W-4 Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • W-5 KH-20 (Asahi Kasei Corporation)
  • W-6 PolyFox TM PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA solution inc.) (Fluorine-based)
  • SL-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • SL-2 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate
  • SL-3 2-heptanone
  • SL-4 Ethyl lactate
  • SL-5 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • SL-6 Cyclohexanone
  • SL-7 ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • SL-8 propylene carbonate
  • Line and space pattern evaluation> Line and space pattern forming method
  • ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflection film was applied onto a silicon wafer, and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm.
  • the resist composition was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm.
  • the obtained silicon wafer was 1 with a line width of 45 nm. 1: exposed through a 6% halftone mask with a line and space pattern. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. After heating (PEB) at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds, developing with a developer (butyl acetate) for 30 seconds, paddle with pure water and rinsing, and rotating a silicon wafer at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds By performing post-baking at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, a line and space (1: 1) resist pattern having a pitch of 90 nm and a line width of 45 nm was obtained.
  • PEB heating
  • a developer butyl acetate
  • LWR line width roughness
  • the cross-sectional shape of the pattern obtained by the above method was observed with a scanning electron microscope, and the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the line width La at the top of the resist pattern were measured.
  • the case where 0.9 ⁇ (La / Lb) ⁇ 1.1 is defined as “rectangular”, and the case where (La / Lb)> 1.1 is defined as “T-top shape”, and the cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern Were observed with a scanning electron microscope, and A was obtained when the rectangular pattern was obtained, and B was obtained when the T top shape was obtained.
  • the cross-sectional shape is preferably a rectangular pattern.
  • ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflection film was applied onto a silicon wafer, and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm.
  • the said resist composition was apply
  • the obtained silicon wafer was used with an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) with a hole portion of 45 nm. Pattern exposure was performed through a square array of halftone masks having a pitch between holes of 90 nm. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. After heating (PEB) at 105 ° C.
  • a contact hole pattern with a hole diameter of 45 nm was obtained by post-baking at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds.
  • CDU critical dimension uniformity
  • the cross-sectional shape of the resist pattern is observed using a scanning electron microscope, the hole diameter Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the hole diameter La at the top of the resist pattern are measured, and 0.9 ⁇ (La / Lb) ⁇ 1 .1 was evaluated as “A (good)”, and when it was out of this range, it was evaluated as “B (defective)”.
  • the pattern shape to be formed was excellent.
  • Example 5 As can be seen from the comparison between Example 5 and Example 17, when the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (C-1) to (C-3) was used as the basic compound, it was more excellent. It was confirmed that an effect was obtained.
  • Examples 6 and 18 using B-3 and B-10 having no cyclic structure as R are compared with other examples using a photoacid generator having no cyclic structure as R, In other examples, it was confirmed that LWR, CDU and the like were smaller, and a more excellent effect was obtained.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a pattern formation method that can form a pattern of good shape. This pattern formation method comprises the following: (a) a step for forming a film from an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) and (B), where (A) is a resin that due to the action of an acid shows an increase in polarity and a decrease in solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent, and (B) is a compound represented by general formula (I) that generates acid by being irradiated with active light or radiation; (b) a step for irradiating the film with active light or radiation; and (c) a step for developing the film that has been irradiated with the active light or radiation using the developer containing the organic solvent.

Description

パターン形成方法、それに用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜、並びに、これらを用いる電子デバイス及びその製造方法Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therefor, resist film, electronic device using these, and method for producing the same
 本発明は、パターン形成方法、それに用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジスト膜、並びにこれらを用いる電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスに関する。より詳細には、本発明は、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶及びサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程に好適なパターン形成方法、該パターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物及びレジスト膜、並びにこれらを用いる電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスに関する。特には、本発明は、波長が300nm以下の遠紫外線光を光源とするArF露光装置及びArF液浸式投影露光装置での露光に好適なパターン形成方法、該パターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及びレジスト膜、並びに電子デバイスの製造方法及び電子デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film used therefor, and an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using these. More specifically, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method suitable for a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board such as a liquid crystal and a thermal head, and other photofabrication lithography processes, and the pattern forming method. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film, and an electronic device manufacturing method and an electronic device using these. In particular, the present invention relates to an ArF exposure apparatus using far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less as a light source, a pattern forming method suitable for exposure in an ArF immersion projection exposure apparatus, and an actinic ray used in the pattern forming method. The present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a method for manufacturing an electronic device, and an electronic device.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。
 近年では、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液(有機系現像液)を用いたパターン形成方法も開発されつつある(特許文献1)。例えば、特許文献1の実施例欄においては、以下のような光酸発生剤が使用されている。
Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern formation method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the sensitivity reduction due to light absorption.
In recent years, a pattern formation method using a developer (organic developer) containing an organic solvent has been developed (Patent Document 1). For example, in the Example column of Patent Document 1, the following photoacid generator is used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
特開2011-123469号公報JP 2011-123469 A
 一方、近年、各種電子機器の高機能化が求められており、それに伴い微細加工に使用されるレジストパターンのより一層の特性向上が求められている。特に、ラインウィドゥスラフネス(LWR)、パターンプロファイル、CDU(パターン寸法の均一性)、MEEF(Mask Error Enhancement Factor)などのパターン形状特性の更なる性能向上が求められている。
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に記載のパターン形成方法を用いて上記各種特性を評価したところ従来の要求レベルは満たすものの、昨今要求されるレベルは満たしておらず、さらなる改良が必要であった。
On the other hand, in recent years, various electronic devices have been required to have higher functions, and accordingly, further improvement in characteristics of resist patterns used for microfabrication has been required. In particular, there is a demand for further performance improvement of pattern shape characteristics such as line width roughness (LWR), pattern profile, CDU (pattern dimension uniformity), MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor) and the like.
The present inventors evaluated the above various characteristics using the pattern forming method described in Patent Document 1. As a result, although the conventional required level was satisfied, the level required recently is not satisfied, and further improvement is necessary. It was.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みて、良好な形状のパターンが形成可能なパターン形成方法を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、それに用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜、並びに、これらを用いる電子デバイス及びその製造方法を提供することも目的とする。
An object of this invention is to provide the pattern formation method which can form a favorable-shaped pattern in view of the said situation.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, a resist film, an electronic device using these, and a method for producing the same.
 本発明者らは、従来技術の問題点について鋭意検討した結果、所定の光酸発生剤を含む感放射線性樹脂組成物を使用することにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
 すなわち、以下の構成により上記目的を達成することができることを見出した。
As a result of intensive studies on the problems of the prior art, the present inventors have found that the above-described problems can be solved by using a radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a predetermined photoacid generator.
That is, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the following configuration.
(1) (ア)下記(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜を形成する工程、
(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂、
(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する、後述する一般式(I)で表される化合物
(イ)膜を活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び
(ウ)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて活性光線又は放射線を照射した膜を現像する工程、を有するパターン形成方法。
(2) Rが、環状構造を有する基である(1)に記載のパターン形成方法。
(3) Wが、多環式脂肪族基である(1)又は(2)に記載のパターン形成方法。
(4) Wが、アダマンチレン基である(1)~(3)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法。
(5) 有機溶剤を含む現像液における有機溶剤の含有量が、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下である、(1)~(4)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法。
(6) 現像液が、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類を含有する、(1)~(5)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法。
(7) 感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、樹脂(A)とは異なる、疎水性樹脂(HR)を更に含有する、(1)~(6)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法。
(8) 工程(イ)における露光が液浸露光である、(1)~(7)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法。
(9) (1)~(8)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法のために供せられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(10) (9)に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されるレジスト膜。
(11) (1)~(8)のいずれか1つに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
(12) (11)に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。
(1) (a) A step of forming a film with an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B):
(A) a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases,
(B) A step of irradiating the compound (I) film represented by the general formula (I) described later, which generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and (c) development containing an organic solvent The process of developing the film | membrane which irradiated the actinic ray or the radiation using the liquid.
(2) The pattern forming method according to (1), wherein R is a group having a cyclic structure.
(3) The pattern forming method according to (1) or (2), wherein W is a polycyclic aliphatic group.
(4) The pattern forming method according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein W is an adamantylene group.
(5) The content of the organic solvent in the developer containing the organic solvent is 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developer, according to any one of (1) to (4) Pattern forming method.
(6) Any of (1) to (5), wherein the developer contains at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. The pattern formation method as described in one.
(7) The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a hydrophobic resin (HR) different from the resin (A), according to any one of (1) to (6) Pattern forming method.
(8) The pattern forming method according to any one of (1) to (7), wherein the exposure in the step (A) is immersion exposure.
(9) An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for the pattern forming method according to any one of (1) to (8).
(10) A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to (9).
(11) A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of (1) to (8).
(12) An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to (11).
 本発明によれば、良好な形状のパターンが形成可能なパターン形成方法を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、それに用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜、並びに、これらを用いる電子デバイス及びその製造方法を提供することができる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the pattern formation method which can form a favorable-shaped pattern can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for it, a resist film, an electronic device using these, and its manufacturing method can be provided.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線(EB)等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書では、「(メタ)アクリル系モノマー」とは、「CH2=CH-CO-」又は
「CH2=C(CH3)-CO-」の構造を有するモノマーの少なくとも1種を意味する。同様に「(メタ)アクリレート」及び「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、それぞれ「アクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種」並びに「アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種」を意味する。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the notation which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “active light” or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams (EB), etc. To do. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure to deep ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc. represented by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particles such as electron beams and ion beams. Line drawing is also included in the exposure.
In this specification, "(meth) acrylic monomer" means at least one monomer having the structure of "CH 2 = CH-CO-" or "CH 2 = C (CH 3) -CO- " To do. Similarly, “(meth) acrylate” and “(meth) acrylic acid” mean “at least one of acrylate and methacrylate” and “at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid”, respectively.
 本発明の特徴点としては、光酸発生剤の環状構造を有する基にさらに有機基が置換されている点が挙げられる。このような有機基が含まれることにより、光酸発生剤自体の分子量が大きくなり、膜中での拡散性が低下する。そのため、露光処理を行った後の潜像通りのパターンができやすくなる。特に、有機基としてはバルキーな構造を有する基(環状構造を有する基)であることが上記効果が大きい。 The characteristic point of the present invention is that a group having a cyclic structure of the photoacid generator is further substituted with an organic group. By including such an organic group, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator itself increases, and the diffusibility in the film decreases. Therefore, it becomes easy to form a pattern as a latent image after performing the exposure process. In particular, the organic group is a group having a bulky structure (a group having a cyclic structure), and the effect is great.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、以下の工程(ア)~(ウ)を有する。
(ア)後述する(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜を形成する工程、
(イ)上記膜を活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
(ウ)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて上記活性光線又は放射線を照射した膜を現像する工程
 以下では、まず、工程(ア)で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以後、単にこれらを総称して「組成物」とも称する)に含まれる成分について詳述した後、各工程の手順について詳述する。
The pattern forming method of the present invention includes the following steps (a) to (c).
(A) forming a film with an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) and (B) described later,
(A) irradiating the film with actinic rays or radiation, and
(C) Step of developing the film irradiated with the actinic ray or radiation using a developer containing an organic solvent In the following, first, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition ( Hereinafter, these components are simply referred to collectively as “composition”) in detail, and then the procedure of each step is described in detail.
<酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂(以下、樹脂(A)ともいう。)>
 樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂である。このような樹脂(A)は、分子内にある親水性基の一部又は全部が、酸との接触により脱離し得る保護基により保護されているものであり、樹脂(A)が酸と接触するとこの保護基が脱離して、樹脂(A)は有機溶剤への溶解性が減少する。この保護基により保護されている親水性基を、以下「酸不安定基」とも称する。親水性基としては、ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基がより好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、酸不安定基を有するモノマー(以下、「モノマー(a1)」という場合がある。)を重合することによって製造できる。かかる重合の際には、モノマー(a1)を1種のみ使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
<Resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and its solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases (hereinafter also referred to as resin (A))>
Resin (A) is a resin whose polarity increases due to the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic solvent decreases. In such a resin (A), a part or all of the hydrophilic group in the molecule is protected by a protecting group that can be removed by contact with an acid, and the resin (A) is in contact with an acid. Then, this protecting group is eliminated and the solubility of the resin (A) in the organic solvent decreases. The hydrophilic group protected by this protecting group is hereinafter also referred to as “acid labile group”. Examples of the hydrophilic group include a hydroxy group or a carboxy group, and a carboxy group is more preferable.
The resin (A) can be produced by polymerizing a monomer having an acid labile group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer (a1)”). In the polymerization, only one type of monomer (a1) may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<モノマー(a1)>
 モノマー(a1)は酸不安定基を有する。親水性基がカルボキシ基である場合の酸不安定基は、カルボキシ基の水素原子が、有機残基に置き換わり、オキシ基と結合する有機残基の原子が第三級炭素原子である基が挙げられる。このような酸不安定基のうち、好ましい酸不安定基は、例えば、以下の式(1)で表される(以下、「酸不安定基(1)」ということがある)。
<Monomer (a1)>
The monomer (a1) has an acid labile group. In the case where the hydrophilic group is a carboxy group, the acid labile group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of the carboxy group is replaced with an organic residue, and the atom of the organic residue bonded to the oxy group is a tertiary carbon atom. It is done. Among such acid labile groups, a preferred acid labile group is represented, for example, by the following formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid labile group (1)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
[式(1)中、Ra1、Ra2及びRa3(以下、「Ra1~Ra3」のように表記する。以下同様)は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~8の脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素数3~20の脂環式炭化水素基を表すか、或いは、Ra1及びRa2は互いに結合して、それらが結合する炭素原子とともに炭素数3~20の環を形成する。該脂肪族炭化水素基、該脂環式炭化水素基又はRa1及びRa2が互いに結合して形成される環がメチレン基を有する場合、そのメチレン基は、オキシ基、-S-又はカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。] [In formula (1), R a1 , R a2 and R a3 (hereinafter referred to as “R a1 to R a3 ”, the same shall apply hereinafter) are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents a group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other to form a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded. When the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group or the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 with each other has a methylene group, the methylene group is an oxy group, —S— or a carbonyl group. May be replaced. * Represents a bond. ]
 Ra1~Ra3の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等のアルキル基が挙げられる。Ra1~Ra3の脂環式炭化水素基は、単環式及び多環式のいずれでもよく、芳香性を示さない不飽和及び飽和のいずれでもよい。
 単環の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、ジメチルシクロへキシル基、シクロヘプチル基及びシクロオクチル基などのシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、デカヒドロナフチル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基及びメチルノルボルニル基、並びに下記に示す基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by R a1 to R a3 include alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, and hexyl group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group of R a1 to R a3 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be either unsaturated or saturated that does not exhibit aromaticity.
Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include decahydronaphthyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group and methylnorbornyl group, and groups shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 Ra1~Ra3の脂環式炭化水素基は、飽和炭化水素基であることが好ましく、その炭素数が3~16の範囲であると好ましい。
 Ra1及びRa2が互いに結合して形成する環では、-C(Ra1)(Ra2)(Ra3)で表される基として、以下に示すような基が挙げられる。
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group of R a1 to R a3 is preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group, and preferably has 3 to 16 carbon atoms.
In the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 , the following groups are exemplified as the group represented by —C (R a1 ) (R a2 ) (R a3 ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 Ra1及びRa2が互いに結合して形成する環の炭素数は、好ましくは3~12である。 The number of carbon atoms in the ring formed by combining R a1 and R a2 with each other is preferably 3-12.
 酸不安定基(1)の具体例は、1,1-ジアルキルアルコキシカルボニル基(式(1)中、Ra1~Ra3が全てアルキル基である基、このアルキル基のうち、1つはtert-ブトキシカルボニル基であると好ましい。)、2-アルキルアダマンタン-2-イルオキシカルボニル基(式(1)中、Ra1及びRa2が互いに結合し、これらが結合する炭素原子とともにアダマンチル環を形成し、Ra3がアルキル基である基)及び1-(アダマンタン-1-イル)-1-アルキルアルコキシカルボニル基(式(1)中、Ra1及びRa2がアルキル基であり、Ra3がアダマンチル基である基)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the acid labile group (1) include a 1,1-dialkylalkoxycarbonyl group (a group in which R a1 to R a3 are all alkyl groups in the formula (1), one of these alkyl groups is a tert -Butoxycarbonyl group is preferred.), 2-alkyladamantan-2-yloxycarbonyl group (in formula (1), R a1 and R a2 are bonded to each other to form an adamantyl ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded) R a3 is an alkyl group) and 1- (adamantan-1-yl) -1-alkylalkoxycarbonyl group (in the formula (1), R a1 and R a2 are alkyl groups, and R a3 is adamantyl). Group which is a group).
 一方、親水性基がヒドロキシ基である場合の酸不安定基は、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が、有機残基に置き換わり、アセタール構造を含む基となったものが挙げられる。このような酸不安定基のうち、好ましい酸不安定基は、例えば、以下の式(2)で表されるもの(以下、場合により「酸不安定基(2)」という)である。 On the other hand, examples of the acid labile group in the case where the hydrophilic group is a hydroxy group include those in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is replaced with an organic residue to become a group containing an acetal structure. Among such acid labile groups, preferred acid labile groups are, for example, those represented by the following formula (2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid labile groups (2)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[式(2)中、Rb1及びRb2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表し、Rb3は、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表すか、或いは、Rb2及びRb3は互いに結合して、それらが各々結合する炭素原子及び酸素原子とともに炭素数3~20の環を形成する。炭化水素基又はRb2及びRb3は互いに結合して形成される環がメチレン基を有する場合、そのメチレン基は、オキシ基、-S-又はカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。] [In the formula (2), R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and R b3 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Alternatively, R b2 and R b3 are bonded to each other to form a ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms together with the carbon atom and the oxygen atom to which they are bonded. When the hydrocarbon group or the ring formed by combining R b2 and R b3 with each other has a methylene group, the methylene group may be replaced with an oxy group, —S— or a carbonyl group. * Represents a bond. ]
 炭化水素基は、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。Rb1~Rb2のうち、少なくとも1つは水素原子であることが好ましい。
 酸不安定基(2)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. At least one of R b1 and R b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
Specific examples of the acid labile group (2) include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 酸不安定基を有するモノマー(a1)は、好ましくは、酸不安定基と炭素-炭素二重結合とを有するモノマー、より好ましくは酸不安定基を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーである。
 特に、モノマー(a1)は、好ましくは、酸不安定基(1)及び/又は酸不安定基(2)と、炭素-炭素二重結合とをともに分子内に有するモノマーであり、より好ましくは酸不安定基(1)を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーである。
The monomer (a1) having an acid labile group is preferably a monomer having an acid labile group and a carbon-carbon double bond, more preferably a (meth) acrylic monomer having an acid labile group.
In particular, the monomer (a1) is preferably a monomer having both an acid labile group (1) and / or an acid labile group (2) and a carbon-carbon double bond in the molecule, more preferably It is a (meth) acrylic monomer having an acid labile group (1).
 酸不安定基(1)を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーの中でも、酸不安定基(1)が、炭素数5~20の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する基が好ましい。このような立体的に嵩高い脂環式炭化水素構造を有する基を有するモノマー(a1)を重合して得られる樹脂(A)は、該樹脂(A)を含む本発明の組成物を用いてレジストパターンを製造したとき、より良好な解像度でレジストパターンを製造することができる。ここで、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及び/又はメタクリルを表す。 Among (meth) acrylic monomers having an acid labile group (1), the acid labile group (1) is preferably a group having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A resin (A) obtained by polymerizing the monomer (a1) having a group having a sterically bulky alicyclic hydrocarbon structure is obtained by using the composition of the present invention containing the resin (A). When the resist pattern is manufactured, the resist pattern can be manufactured with better resolution. Here, (meth) acryl represents acryl and / or methacryl.
 脂環式炭化水素構造を含む酸不安定基(1)を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーの中でも、式(a1-1)で表されるモノマー(以下、「モノマー(a1-1)」という場合がある。)及び式(a1-2)で表されるモノマー(以下、「モノマー(a1-2)」という場合がある。)が好ましい。樹脂(A)を製造する際、これらは単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。樹脂(A)は、式(a1-1)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位及び式(a1-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位から選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は、式(a1-1)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位及び式(a1-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種ずつ含むことが好ましい。また、別の態様において、樹脂(A)は、式(a1-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を2種以上含むことが好ましい。樹脂(A)において、式(a1-1)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位及び式(a1-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位の総量が全繰り返し単位に占める割合が、40モル%以上であることが好ましく、45モル%以上であることがより好ましく、50モル%以上であることがさらに好ましい。特に、式(a1-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位に占める割合が、30モル%以上であることが好ましく、35モル%以上であることがより好ましく、40モル%以上であることがさらに好ましい。樹脂(A)における各繰り返し単位の含有比率は、例えば、13C-NMRによって測定することができる。 Among (meth) acrylic monomers having an acid labile group (1) containing an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, a monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) (hereinafter referred to as “monomer (a1-1)”) And a monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer (a1-2)”) are preferable. When manufacturing resin (A), these may be used independently and may use 2 or more types together. Resin (A) contains at least one selected from a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by formula (a1-1) and a repeating unit derived from a monomer represented by formula (a1-2) Is preferred. The resin (A) preferably contains at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) and one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2). . In another embodiment, the resin (A) preferably contains two or more repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2). In the resin (A), the ratio of the total amount of the repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-1) and the repeating units derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) to the total repeating units is: It is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 45 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more. In particular, the ratio of the repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a1-2) to the total repeating units is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 35 mol% or more, and 40 mol % Or more is more preferable. The content ratio of each repeating unit in the resin (A) can be measured by, for example, 13 C-NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式(a1-1)及び式(a1-2)中、
 La1及びLa2は、それぞれ独立に、オキシ基又は*-O-(CH2k1-CO-O-で表される基を表す。ここで、k1は1~7の整数を表し、*はカルボニル基(-CO-)との結合手である。
 Ra4及びRa5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Ra6及びRa7は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~8の脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素数3~10の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。
 m1は0~14の整数を表し、n1は0~10の整数を表す。
 n1’は0~3の整数を表す。]
 なお、式(a1-1)においてアダマンタン環にある「-(CH3m1」の表記は、アダマンタン環を構成する炭素原子に結合する水素原子(すなわちメチレン基及び/又はメチン基の水素原子)が、メチル基に置き換わっており、該メチル基の個数がm1個であることを意味する。
[In the formulas (a1-1) and (a1-2),
L a1 and L a2 each independently represent an oxy group or a group represented by * —O— (CH 2 ) k1 —CO—O—. Here, k1 represents an integer of 1 to 7, and * is a bond with a carbonyl group (—CO—).
R a4 and R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R a6 and R a7 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
m1 represents an integer of 0 to 14, and n1 represents an integer of 0 to 10.
n1 ′ represents an integer of 0 to 3. ]
In the formula (a1-1), the notation “— (CH 3 ) m1 ” in the adamantane ring represents a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the adamantane ring (that is, a hydrogen atom of a methylene group and / or a methine group). Is replaced by a methyl group, and the number of the methyl group is m1.
 式(a1-1)及び式(a1-2)においては、La1及びLa2は、好ましくは、オキシ基又は*-O-(CH2f1-CO-O-(但し、f1は1~4の整数を表す)で表される基あり、より好ましくはオキシ基である。f1は、より好ましくは1である。Ra4及びRa5は、好ましくはメチル基である。
 Ra6又はRa7の脂肪族炭化水素基は、好ましくは炭素数6以下の基である。Ra6又はRa7の脂環式炭化水素基は、好ましくは炭素数8以下であり、より好ましくは6以下である。
 Ra6又はRa7が脂環式炭化水素基である場合、この脂環式炭化水素基は単環式及び多環式のいずれでもよく、飽和及び不飽和のいずれでもよいが、飽和式炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 m1は、好ましくは0~3の整数、より好ましくは0又は1である。
 n1は、好ましくは0~3の整数、より好ましくは0又は1である。
 n1’は、好ましくは0又は1である。
In the formula (a1-1) and the formula (a1-2), L a1 and L a2 are preferably an oxy group or * —O— (CH 2 ) f1 —CO—O— (where f1 is 1 to 4 represents an integer of 4, and more preferably an oxy group. f1 is more preferably 1. R a4 and R a5 are preferably methyl groups.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R a6 or R a7 is preferably a group having 6 or less carbon atoms. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group for R a6 or R a7 preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or less.
When R a6 or R a7 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be either saturated or unsaturated, but saturated hydrocarbon It is preferably a group.
m1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1.
n1 ′ is preferably 0 or 1.
 モノマー(a1-1)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer (a1-1) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 これらの中でも、モノマー(a1-1)としては、2-メチルアダマンタン-2-イル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルアダマンタン-2-イル(メタ)アクリレート及び2-イソプロピルアダマンタン-2-イル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、2-メチルアダマンタン-2-イルメタクリレート、2-エチルアダマンタン-2-イルメタクリレート及び2-イソプロピルアダマンタン-2-イルメタクリレートがより好ましい。
 モノマー(a1-2)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。これらの中でも、モノマー(a1-2)としては、1-エチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、1-エチルシクロヘキシルメタクリレートがより好ましい。
Among these, as the monomer (a1-1), 2-methyladamantan-2-yl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethyladamantan-2-yl (meth) acrylate and 2-isopropyladamantan-2-yl (meth) Acrylates are preferred, with 2-methyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate, 2-ethyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate and 2-isopropyladamantan-2-yl methacrylate being more preferred.
Examples of the monomer (a1-2) include the following. Among these, as the monomer (a1-2), 1-ethylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate is preferable, and 1-ethylcyclohexyl methacrylate is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 樹脂(A)をモノマー(a1-1)及び/又はモノマー(a1-2)を用いて製造する場合、得られる樹脂(A)の全構造単位を100モル%としたとき、これらモノマーに由来する構造単位の含有量の合計は、10~95モル%の範囲が好ましく、15~90モル%の範囲がより好ましく、20~85モル%の範囲がさらに好ましい。モノマー(a1-1)に由来する構造単位及び/又はモノマー(a1-2)に由来する構造単位の含有量の合計を、このような範囲にするためには、樹脂(A)を製造する際に、全モノマーの使用量に対するモノマー(a1-1)及び/又はモノマー(a1-2)の使用量を調整すればよい。 When the resin (A) is produced using the monomer (a1-1) and / or the monomer (a1-2), when the total structural unit of the obtained resin (A) is 100 mol%, it is derived from these monomers. The total content of structural units is preferably in the range of 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably in the range of 15 to 90 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 20 to 85 mol%. In order to bring the total content of the structural unit derived from the monomer (a1-1) and / or the structural unit derived from the monomer (a1-2) into such a range, when the resin (A) is produced, In addition, the amount of monomer (a1-1) and / or monomer (a1-2) used may be adjusted with respect to the amount of all monomers used.
 樹脂(A)の製造には、該(メタ)アクリル系モノマー(すなわちモノマー(a1-1)及びモノマー(a1-2))以外に、酸不安定基(1)と炭素-炭素二重結合とを分子内に有する他のモノマーを用いることもできる。 In the production of the resin (A), in addition to the (meth) acrylic monomer (that is, the monomer (a1-1) and the monomer (a1-2)), an acid labile group (1), a carbon-carbon double bond, Other monomers having in the molecule can also be used.
 酸不安定基(2)を有するモノマー(a1)は、(メタ)アクリル系モノマーが好ましく、例えば、式(a1-5)で表されるモノマー(以下、「モノマー(a1-5)」という場合がある。)が挙げられる。 The monomer (a1) having an acid labile group (2) is preferably a (meth) acrylic monomer. For example, a monomer represented by the formula (a1-5) (hereinafter referred to as “monomer (a1-5)”) There is a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[式(a1-5)中、
 R31は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 L1~L3は、オキシ基、-S-又は*-O-(CH2k1-CO-O-で表される基を表す。ここで、k1は1~7の整数を表し、*はカルボニル基(-CO-)との結合手である。
 Z1は、単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基であり、該アルキレン基中に含まれるメチレン基は、オキシ基又はカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよい。
 s1及びs1’は、それぞれ独立して、0~4の整数を表す。]
[In the formula (a1-5),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
L 1 to L 3 each represents an oxy group, a group represented by —S— or * —O— (CH 2 ) k1 —CO—O—. Here, k1 represents an integer of 1 to 7, and * is a bond with a carbonyl group (—CO—).
Z 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the methylene group contained in the alkylene group may be replaced with an oxy group or a carbonyl group.
s1 and s1 ′ each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. ]
 式(a1-5)においては、R31は、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 L1は、オキシ基が好ましい。
 L2及びL3は、一方がオキシ基、他方が-S-であること好ましい。
 s1は、1が好ましい。
 s1’は、0~2が好ましい。
 Z1は、単結合又は-CH2-CO-O-が好ましい。
In the formula (a1-5), R 31 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
L 1 is preferably an oxy group.
One of L 2 and L 3 is preferably an oxy group and the other is —S—.
s1 is preferably 1.
s1 ′ is preferably 0-2.
Z 1 is preferably a single bond or —CH 2 —CO—O—.
 モノマー(a1-5)の具体例としては、例えば、以下のとおりである。 Specific examples of the monomer (a1-5) are as follows, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 樹脂(A)が、モノマー(a1-5)に由来する構造単位を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、10~95モル%の範囲が好ましく、15~90モル%の範囲がより好ましく、20~85モル%の範囲がさらに好ましい。 When the resin (A) has a structural unit derived from the monomer (a1-5), the content thereof is in the range of 10 to 95 mol% with respect to all the structural units (100 mol%) of the resin (A). The range of 15 to 90 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 20 to 85 mol% is more preferable.
<酸安定モノマー>
 組成物に用いる樹脂(A)としては、モノマー(a1)に加えて、酸不安定基を有さないモノマー(以下「酸安定モノマー」という場合がある)を用いて得られる共重合体であることが好ましい。
<Acid stable monomer>
The resin (A) used in the composition is a copolymer obtained using a monomer having no acid labile group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid stable monomer”) in addition to the monomer (a1). It is preferable.
 酸安定モノマーを併用して樹脂(A)を製造する場合、モノマー(a1)の使用量を基準にして、酸安定性モノマーの使用量を定めることができる。モノマー(a1)の使用量と酸安定モノマーの使用量の割合は、〔モノマー(a1)〕/〔酸安定モノマー〕で表して、好ましくは10~80モル%/90~20モル%であり、より好ましくは20~60モル%/80~40モル%である。また、アダマンチル基を有するモノマー(特に、モノマー(a1-1))を、モノマー(a1)に用いる場合、モノマー(a1)の使用量の総量(100モル%)に対して、アダマンチル基を有するモノマーの使用量を15モル%以上とすることが好ましい。これにより、樹脂(A)を含むレジスト組成物から得られるレジストパターンのドライエッチング耐性がより良好になる傾向がある。 When the resin (A) is produced using an acid-stable monomer in combination, the amount of acid-stable monomer can be determined based on the amount of monomer (a1) used. The ratio of the amount of monomer (a1) used and the amount of acid-stable monomer used is expressed as [monomer (a1)] / [acid-stable monomer], and is preferably 10 to 80 mol% / 90 to 20 mol%. More preferably, it is 20 to 60 mol% / 80 to 40 mol%. Further, when a monomer having an adamantyl group (particularly, monomer (a1-1)) is used as the monomer (a1), the monomer having an adamantyl group with respect to the total amount (100 mol%) of the monomer (a1) used. It is preferable to use 15 mol% or more. Thereby, there exists a tendency for the dry etching tolerance of the resist pattern obtained from the resist composition containing resin (A) to become more favorable.
 酸安定モノマーとしては、ヒドロキシ基又はラクトン環を分子内に有するものが挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基を有する酸安定モノマー(以下、「酸安定モノマー(a2)」という場合がある。)及び/又はラクトン環を含有する酸安定モノマー(以下、「酸安定モノマー(a3)」という場合がある。)に由来する構造単位を有する樹脂(A)は、樹脂(A)を含むレジスト組成物を基板に塗布したとき、基板上に形成される塗布膜又は塗布膜から得られる組成物層が基板との間に優れた密着性を発現し易くなる。また、このような組成物は良好な解像度で、レジストパターンを製造することができる。 Examples of the acid-stable monomer include those having a hydroxy group or a lactone ring in the molecule. Acid-stable monomer having a hydroxy group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a2)”) and / or acid-stable monomer having a lactone ring (hereinafter referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3)”) The resin (A) having a structural unit derived from.) Is a coating film formed on the substrate or a composition layer obtained from the coating film when the resist composition containing the resin (A) is applied to the substrate. It becomes easy to express the outstanding adhesiveness between. Further, such a composition can produce a resist pattern with good resolution.
<酸安定モノマー(a2)>
 酸安定モノマー(a2)を樹脂(A)の製造に用いる場合、樹脂(A)を含む組成物からレジストパターンを得る際の露光源の種類によって、各々、好適な酸安定モノマー(a2)を挙げることができる。すなわち、本発明のレジスト組成物を、KrFエキシマレーザ露光(波長:248nm)、電子線あるいはEUV光などの高エネルギー線露光に用いる場合には、酸安定モノマー(a2)として、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有する酸安定モノマー(a2-0)〔例えば、ヒドロキシスチレン類等〕を樹脂(A)の製造に用いることが好ましい。短波長のArFエキシマレーザ露光(波長:193nm)を用いる場合は、酸安定モノマー(a2)として、後述の式(a2-1)で表される酸安定モノマーを樹脂(A)の製造に用いることが好ましい。このように、樹脂(A)製造に用いる酸安定モノマー(a2)は各々、レジストパターンを製造する際の露光源によって好ましいものを選ぶことができるが、当該酸安定モノマー(a2)は、露光源の種類に応じて好適なモノマー1種のみを用いて樹脂(A)を製造してもよく、露光源の種類に応じて好適なモノマー2種以上を用いて樹脂(A)を製造してもよく、或いは、露光源の種類に応じて好適なモノマーと、それ以外の酸安定モノマー(a2)の2種以上とを用いて樹脂(A)を製造してもよい。
<Acid stable monomer (a2)>
When the acid-stable monomer (a2) is used for the production of the resin (A), a suitable acid-stable monomer (a2) is listed depending on the type of exposure source used to obtain a resist pattern from the composition containing the resin (A). be able to. That is, when the resist composition of the present invention is used for KrF excimer laser exposure (wavelength: 248 nm), high energy beam exposure such as electron beam or EUV light, a phenolic hydroxy group is used as the acid stable monomer (a2). It is preferable to use the acid-stable monomer (a2-0) [for example, hydroxystyrenes] having for the production of the resin (A). When short-wave ArF excimer laser exposure (wavelength: 193 nm) is used, an acid-stable monomer represented by the formula (a2-1) described later is used for the production of the resin (A) as the acid-stable monomer (a2). Is preferred. As described above, the acid-stable monomer (a2) used for the production of the resin (A) can be preferably selected depending on the exposure source used for producing the resist pattern. The acid-stable monomer (a2) The resin (A) may be produced using only one kind of monomer suitable for the kind of the resin, or the resin (A) may be produced using two or more kinds of suitable monomers for the kind of the exposure source. Alternatively, the resin (A) may be produced using a suitable monomer according to the type of exposure source and two or more of the other acid stable monomers (a2).
 酸安定モノマー(a2)としては、以下の式(a2-0)で表されるp-又はm-ヒドロキシスチレンなどのスチレン系モノマー(以下、「酸安定モノマー(a2-0)」という。)が挙げられる。なお、この式(a2-0)は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基が適当な保護基で保護されていない形式で示す。 As the acid stable monomer (a2), a styrene monomer such as p- or m-hydroxystyrene represented by the following formula (a2-0) (hereinafter referred to as “acid stable monomer (a2-0)”). Can be mentioned. The formula (a2-0) is shown in a form in which the phenolic hydroxy group is not protected with a suitable protecting group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[式(a2-0)中、
 Ra30は、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Ra31は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアシル基、炭素数2~4のアシルオキシ基、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を表す。
 maは0~4の整数を表す。maが2以上の整数である場合、複数のRa31はそれぞれ独立である。]
[In the formula (a2-0),
R a30 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
R a31 is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an acyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an acryloyl group, or methacryloyl Represents a group.
ma represents an integer of 0 to 4. When ma is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R a31 are independent of each other. ]
 Ra30のハロゲン原子及びハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、上記モノマー(a1-4)のRa32の説明で例示したものと同じものを挙げること
ができる。これらのうち、Ra30は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
 R31のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1又は2のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 Ra31のアルコキシ基としては、上記モノマー(a1-4)のRa33の説明で例示したものと同じものを挙げることができる。これらのうち、Ra31は、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基がより好ましく、メトキシ基がさらに好ましい。
 maは0、1又は2が好ましく、0又は1がより好ましく、0がさらに好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom of R a30 and the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom include the same groups as those exemplified in the description of R a32 of the monomer (a1-4). Among these, R a30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and further preferably a methyl group.
The alkyl group for R 31 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
As the alkoxy group for R a31, the same groups as those exemplified above for R a33 of the monomer (a1-4) can be mentioned. Among these, R a31 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and further preferably a methoxy group.
ma is preferably 0, 1 or 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.
 このような酸安定モノマー(a2-0)に由来する構造単位を有する樹脂(A)を製造する場合は、酸安定モノマー(a2-0)にあるフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が保護基で保護されてなるモノマーを用いることができる。保護基としては、例えば、酸で脱離する保護基などが挙げられる。酸で脱離する保護基で保護されたフェノール性ヒドロキシ基は、酸との接触により、脱保護することができるため、容易に酸安定モノマー(a2-0)に由来する構造単位を形成することができる。
 ただし、樹脂(A)は上述の通り、酸不安定基を含む構造単位(a1)を有しているため、塩基で脱保護可能な保護基でフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が保護された酸安定モノマー(a2-0)を用いて重合を行い、脱保護する際には、構造単位(a1)の酸不安定基を著しく損なわないよう、塩基との接触により脱保護することが好ましい。塩基で脱保護可能な保護基としては、例えば、アセチル基等が挙げられる。塩基としては、例えば、4-ジメチルアミノビリジン、トリエチルアミン等が挙げられる。
When the resin (A) having a structural unit derived from such an acid stable monomer (a2-0) is produced, the phenolic hydroxy group in the acid stable monomer (a2-0) is protected with a protecting group. Monomers can be used. Examples of the protecting group include a protecting group that is eliminated with an acid. Since the phenolic hydroxy group protected with a protecting group capable of leaving with an acid can be deprotected by contact with an acid, a structural unit derived from an acid stable monomer (a2-0) can be easily formed. Can do.
However, as described above, since the resin (A) has the structural unit (a1) containing an acid labile group, an acid stable monomer in which a phenolic hydroxy group is protected with a protective group that can be deprotected with a base ( When carrying out the polymerization using a2-0) and deprotecting, it is preferable to deprotect by contact with a base so as not to significantly impair the acid labile group of the structural unit (a1). Examples of the protecting group that can be deprotected with a base include an acetyl group and the like. Examples of the base include 4-dimethylaminoviridine, triethylamine and the like.
 酸安定モノマー(a2-0)としては、例えば、以下のモノマーが挙げられる。なお、以下の例示でも、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基が保護基で保護されていない形式で示す。 Examples of the acid stable monomer (a2-0) include the following monomers. In the following examples, the phenolic hydroxy group is not protected by a protecting group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 なかでも、4-ヒドロキシスチレン又は4-ヒドロキシ-α-メチルスチレンが特に好ましい。
 4-ヒドロキシスチレン又は4-ヒドロキシ-α-メチルスチレンを用いて樹脂(A)を製造する際には、これらにあるフェノール性ヒドロキシ基を保護基で保護したものを用いることが好ましい。
Of these, 4-hydroxystyrene or 4-hydroxy-α-methylstyrene is particularly preferable.
When the resin (A) is produced using 4-hydroxystyrene or 4-hydroxy-α-methylstyrene, it is preferable to use those obtained by protecting the phenolic hydroxy group in these with a protective group.
 樹脂(A)が、酸安定モノマー(a2-0)に由来する構造単位を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、5~95モル%の範囲から選ばれ、10~80モル%の範囲がより好ましく、15~80モル%の範囲がさらに好ましい。
 酸安定モノマー(a2-1)としては、以下の式(a2-1)で表されるモノマーが挙げられる。
When the resin (A) has a structural unit derived from the acid-stable monomer (a2-0), the content thereof is 5 to 95 mol% with respect to the total structural unit (100 mol%) of the resin (A). The range of 10 to 80 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 15 to 80 mol% is more preferable.
Examples of the acid stable monomer (a2-1) include monomers represented by the following formula (a2-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[式(a2-1)中、
 La3は、オキシ基又は*-O-(CH2k2-CO-O-を表し、
 k2は1~7の整数を表す。*は-CO-との結合手を表す。
 Ra14は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Ra15及びRa16は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、メチル基又はヒドロキシ基を表す。
 o1は、0~10の整数を表す。
[In the formula (a2-1),
L a3 represents an oxy group or * —O— (CH 2 ) k2 —CO—O—,
k2 represents an integer of 1 to 7. * Represents a bond with —CO—.
R a14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R a15 and R a16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxy group.
o1 represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 式(a2-1)では、La3は、好ましくは、オキシ基、-O-(CH2f1-CO-O-(ここでf1は、1~4の整数である)であり、より好ましくはオキシ基である。
 Ra14は、好ましくはメチル基である。
 Ra15は、好ましくは水素原子である。
 Ra16は、好ましくは水素原子又はヒドロキシ基である。
 o1は、好ましくは0~3の整数、より好ましくは0又は1である。]
In the formula (a2-1), L a3 is preferably an oxy group, —O— (CH 2 ) f1 —CO—O— (where f1 is an integer of 1 to 4), more preferably Is an oxy group.
R a14 is preferably a methyl group.
R a15 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
R a16 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group.
o1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably 0 or 1. ]
 酸安定モノマー(a2-1)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。これらの中でも、3-ヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イル(メタ)アクリレート、3,5-ジヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イル(メタ)アクリレート及び(メタ)アクリル酸1-(3,5-ジヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イルオキシカルボニル)メチルが好ましく、3-ヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イル(メタ)アクリレート及び3,5-ジヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イル(メタ)アクリレートがより好ましく、3-ヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イルメタクリレート及び3,5-ジヒドロキシアダマンタン-1-イルメタクリレートがさらに好ましい。 Examples of the acid stable monomer (a2-1) include the following. Among these, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate, 3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate and (meth) acrylic acid 1- (3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl Oxycarbonyl) methyl is preferred, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate and 3,5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl (meth) acrylate are more preferred, 3-hydroxyadamantan-1-yl methacrylate and 3, More preferred is 5-dihydroxyadamantan-1-yl methacrylate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 樹脂(A)が、酸安定モノマー(a2-1)に由来する構造単位を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、3~40モル%の範囲から選ばれ、5~35モル%の範囲がより好ましく、5~30モル%の範囲がさらに好ましく、5~15モル%が特に好ましい。 When the resin (A) has a structural unit derived from the acid-stable monomer (a2-1), the content thereof is 3 to 40 mol% with respect to the total structural unit (100 mol%) of the resin (A). The range of 5 to 35 mol% is more preferable, the range of 5 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 15 mol% is particularly preferable.
<酸安定モノマー(a3)>
 酸安定モノマー(a3)が有するラクトン環は、例えば、β-プロピオラクトン環、γ-ブチロラクトン環及びδ-バレロラクトン環のような単環式でもよく、単環式のラクトン環と他の環との縮合環でもよい。これらラクトン環の中でも、γ-ブチロラクトン環及びγ-ブチロラクトン環と他の環との縮合環が好ましい。
<Acid stable monomer (a3)>
The lactone ring possessed by the acid-stable monomer (a3) may be monocyclic such as β-propiolactone ring, γ-butyrolactone ring and δ-valerolactone ring, and the monocyclic lactone ring and other rings Or a condensed ring. Among these lactone rings, a γ-butyrolactone ring and a condensed ring of γ-butyrolactone ring with other rings are preferable.
 酸安定モノマー(a3)は、好ましくは、以下の式(a3-1)、式(a3-2)又は式(a3-3)で表される。樹脂(A)の製造においては、これらのうち1種のみを使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。樹脂(A)は、式(a3-1)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は、式(a3-1)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種と、式(a3-2)で表されるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種含むことが特に好ましい。なお、以下の説明においては、式(a3-1)で示される酸安定モノマー(a3)を「酸安定モノマー(a3-1)」といい、式(a3-2)で示される酸安定モノマー(a3)を「酸安定モノマー(a3-2)」といい、式(a3-3)で示される酸安定モノマー(a3)を「酸安定モノマー(a3-3)」という。 The acid stable monomer (a3) is preferably represented by the following formula (a3-1), formula (a3-2) or formula (a3-3). In manufacture of resin (A), only 1 type may be used among these and 2 or more types may be used together. The resin (A) more preferably contains at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-1). In addition, the resin (A) includes at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-1) and at least one repeating unit derived from the monomer represented by the formula (a3-2). It is particularly preferable to include it. In the following description, the acid-stable monomer (a3) represented by the formula (a3-1) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-1)”, and the acid-stable monomer represented by the formula (a3-2) ( a3) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-2)”, and acid-stable monomer (a3) represented by formula (a3-3) is referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a3-3)”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[式(a3-1)、式(a3-2)及び式(a3-3)中、
 La4、La5及びLa6(以下、「La4~La6」のように表記する。)は、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は*-O-(CH2k3-CO-O-を表す。
 k3は1~7の整数を表す。*は-CO-との結合手を表す。
 Ra18、Ra19及びRa20(以下、「Ra18~Ra20」のように表記する。)は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 Ra21は、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 p1は0~5の整数を表す。
 Ra22及びRa23は、それぞれ独立に、カルボキシ基、シアノ基又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 q1及びr1は、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表す。p1、q1又はr1が2以上のとき、複数のRa21、Ra22又はRa23は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。]
[In Formula (a3-1), Formula (a3-2) and Formula (a3-3),
L a4 , L a5 and L a6 (hereinafter referred to as “L a4 to L a6 ”) are each independently —O— or * —O— (CH 2 ) k3 —CO—O—. To express.
k3 represents an integer of 1 to 7. * Represents a bond with —CO—.
R a18 , R a19 and R a20 (hereinafter referred to as “R a18 to R a20 ”) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R a21 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
p1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
R a22 and R a23 each independently represent a carboxy group, a cyano group or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
q1 and r1 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 3. When p1, q1 or r1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R a21 , R a22 or R a23 may be the same as or different from each other. ]
 式(a3-1)~式(a3-3)中のLa4~La6としては、La3で説明したものが挙げられる。
 La4~La6は、それぞれ独立に、-O-又は*-O-(CH2d1-CO-O-であることが好ましく(ここでd1は、1~4の整数である)、より好ましくは-O-である。
 Ra18~Ra21は、好ましくはメチル基である。
 Ra22及びRa23は、それぞれ独立に、好ましくはカルボキシ基、シアノ基又はメチル基である。
 p1、q1及びr1は、それぞれ独立に、好ましくは0~2の整数であり、より好ましくは0又は1である。
Examples of L a4 to L a6 in formula (a3-1) to formula (a3-3) include those described for L a3 .
L a4 to L a6 are preferably each independently —O— or * —O— (CH 2 ) d1 —CO—O— (where d1 is an integer of 1 to 4), -O- is preferable.
R a18 to R a21 are preferably methyl groups.
R a22 and R a23 are each independently preferably a carboxy group, a cyano group or a methyl group.
p1, q1 and r1 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1.
 酸安定モノマー(a3-1)としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the acid stable monomer (a3-1) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 γ-ブチロラクトン環とノルボルナン環との縮合環を有する酸安定モノマー(a3-2)としては、例えば以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the acid-stable monomer (a3-2) having a condensed ring of γ-butyrolactone ring and norbornane ring include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 γ-ブチロラクトン環とシクロヘキサン環との縮合環を有する酸安定モノマー(a3-3)は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the acid-stable monomer (a3-3) having a condensed ring of γ-butyrolactone ring and cyclohexane ring include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 ラクトン環を有する酸安定モノマー(a3)の中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸(5-オキソ-4-オキサトリシクロ[4.2.1.03,7]ノナン-2-イル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロ-2-オキソ-3-フリル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-(5-オキソ-4-オキサトリシクロ[4.2.1.03,7]ノナン-2-イルオキシ)-2-オキソエチルといったメタクリレートエステル類がより好ましい。 Among the acid stable monomers (a3) having a lactone ring, (meth) acrylic acid (5-oxo-4-oxatricyclo [4.2.1.0 3,7 ] nonan-2-yl, (meth) acrylic Acid tetrahydro-2-oxo-3-furyl, 2- (5-oxo-4-oxatricyclo [4.2.1.0 3,7 ] nonan-2-yloxy) -2-oxoethyl (meth) acrylate Such methacrylate esters are more preferred.
 樹脂(A)が、モノマー(a3-1)に由来する構造単位、モノマー(a3-2)に由来する構造単位及びモノマー(a3-3)に由来する構造単位からなる群より選ばれる構造単位〔酸安定モノマー(a3)に由来する構造単位〕を有する場合、その合計含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、5~60モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%の範囲がより好ましく、10~40モル%の範囲がさらに好ましく、15~40モル%の範囲が特に好ましい。
 また、モノマー(a3-1)に由来する構造単位、モノマー(a3-2)に由来する構造単位及びモノマー(a3-3)に由来する構造単位それぞれの含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、5~60モル%が好ましく、10~55モル%がより好ましく、20~50モル%がさらに好ましい。
The resin (A) is a structural unit selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-1), a structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-2), and a structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-3) [ In the case of having the structural unit derived from the acid-stable monomer (a3)], the total content thereof is preferably 5 to 60% by mole, based on all the structural units (100% by mole) of the resin (A). The range of mol% is more preferable, the range of 10 to 40 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 15 to 40 mol% is particularly preferable.
The contents of the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-1), the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-2), and the structural unit derived from the monomer (a3-3) are the total structure of the resin (A). The amount is preferably 5 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 55 mol%, still more preferably 20 to 50 mol%, based on the unit (100 mol%).
<酸安定モノマー(a4)>
 さらに、酸安定モノマー(a2)及び酸安定モノマー(a3)以外の酸安定モノマー(以下「酸安定モノマー(a4)」という場合がある。)としては、式(a4-1)で表される無水マレイン酸、式(a4-2)で表される無水イタコン酸及び式(a4-3)で表されるノルボルネン環を有する酸安定モノマー(以下、「酸安定モノマー(a4-3)」という場合がある。)などが挙げられる。
<Acid-stable monomer (a4)>
Further, acid-stable monomers other than the acid-stable monomer (a2) and the acid-stable monomer (a3) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a4)”) include anhydrous anhydrides represented by the formula (a4-1) In some cases, maleic acid, itaconic anhydride represented by formula (a4-2) and an acid-stable monomer having a norbornene ring represented by formula (a4-3) (hereinafter referred to as “acid-stable monomer (a4-3)”) There are).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
[式(a4-3)中、
 Ra25及びRa26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基を有していてもよい炭素数1~3の脂肪族炭化水素基、シアノ基、カルボキシ基又は-COORa27〔ここで、Ra27は、炭素数1~18の脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基及び該脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基は、オキシ基又はカルボニル基で置き換わっていてもよい。但し-COORa27が酸不安定基となるものは除く(即ちRa27は、第三級炭素原子が-O-と結合するものを含まない)。〕を表すか、
或いはRa25及びRa26は互いに結合して-CO-O-CO-を形成する。]
[In the formula (a4-3),
R a25 and R a26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a carboxy group, or —COOR a27 [wherein R a27 Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and the methylene group contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is: It may be replaced with an oxy group or a carbonyl group. However, those in which —COOR a27 is an acid labile group are excluded (that is, R a27 does not include those in which a tertiary carbon atom is bonded to —O—). ] Or
Alternatively, R a25 and R a26 combine with each other to form —CO—O—CO—. ]
 モノマー(a4-3)のRa25及びRa26において、ヒドロキシ基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基及び2-ヒドロキシエチル基などが挙げられる。
 Ra27の脂肪族炭化水素基は、好ましくは炭素数1~8、より好ましくは炭素数1~6の基である。脂環式炭化水素基は、好ましくは炭素数4~18、より好ましくは炭素数4~12の基である。このRa27としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、2-オキソ-オキソラン-3-イル基及び2-オキソ-オキソラン-4-イル基などが挙げられる。
In R a25 and R a26 of the monomer (a4-3), examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a hydroxy group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and 2-hydroxyethyl. Groups and the like.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R a27 is preferably a group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of R a27 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a 2-oxo-oxolan-3-yl group, and a 2-oxo-oxolan-4-yl group.
 ノルボルネン環を有する酸安定モノマー(a4-3)としては、例えば、2-ノルボルネン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-ノルボルネン、5-ノルボルネン-2-カルボン酸、5-ノルボルネン-2-カルボン酸メチル、5-ノルボルネン-2-カルボン酸2-ヒドロキシ-1-エチル、5-ノルボルネン-2-メタノール、5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボン酸無水物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the acid-stable monomer (a4-3) having a norbornene ring include 2-norbornene, 2-hydroxy-5-norbornene, 5-norbornene-2-carboxylic acid, methyl 5-norbornene-2-carboxylate, Examples thereof include 2-hydroxy-1-ethyl norbornene-2-carboxylic acid, 5-norbornene-2-methanol, and 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
 樹脂(A)が、式(a4-1)で表される無水マレイン酸に由来する構造単位、式(a4-2)で表される無水イタコン酸に由来する構造単位及びモノマー(a4-3)に由来する構造単位からなる群より選ばれる構造単位〔酸安定モノマー(a4)に由来する構造単位〕を有する場合、その合計含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、2~40モル%の範囲が好ましく、3~30モル%の範囲がより好ましく、5~20モル%の範囲がさらに好ましい。 The resin (A) is a structural unit derived from maleic anhydride represented by the formula (a4-1), a structural unit derived from itaconic anhydride represented by the formula (a4-2), and a monomer (a4-3) In the case where it has a structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units derived from (a structural unit derived from an acid-stable monomer (a4)), the total content is based on all structural units (100 mol%) of the resin (A). On the other hand, the range of 2 to 40 mol% is preferable, the range of 3 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 20 mol% is more preferable.
 また、酸安定モノマー(a4)としては、例えば、式(a4-4)で表されるスルトン環を有する酸安定モノマー(以下、「酸安定モノマー(a4-4)」という場合がある。)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the acid stable monomer (a4) include an acid stable monomer having a sultone ring represented by the formula (a4-4) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “acid stable monomer (a4-4)”). Is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
[式(a4-4)中、
 La7は、-O-又は*-O-(CH2k2-CO-O-を表し、k2は1~7の整数を表す。*は-CO-との結合手を表す。
 Ra28は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 W1は、置換基を有していてもよいスルトン環を含む残基を表す。]
[In the formula (a4-4),
L a7 represents —O— or * —O— (CH 2 ) k2 —CO—O—, and k2 represents an integer of 1 to 7. * Represents a bond with —CO—.
R a28 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
W 1 represents a residue containing a sultone ring which may have a substituent. ]
 スルトン環としては、下記に示すものが挙げられる。スルトン環を含む残基は、例えば、スルトン環にある水素原子の1つが、La7との結合手に置き換わったものが挙げられる。 Examples of the sultone ring include those shown below. Residues containing sultone ring, for example, one of the hydrogen atoms in the sultone ring include those replaced by bond to L a7.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 置換基を有していてもよいスルトン環を含む残基とは、上述のLa7との結合手に置き換わった水素原子以外の水素原子がさらに置換基で置換されたものであり、該置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のフッ素化アルキル基、炭素数1~6のヒドロキシアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~7のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素数1~7のアシル基又は炭素数1~8のアシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The residue containing a sultone ring which may have a substituent is a group in which a hydrogen atom other than the hydrogen atom replaced with a bond to the above-mentioned La 7 is further substituted with a substituent. As a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and an acyloxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 フッ素化アルキル基としては、例えば、ジフルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、1,1-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、1,1,2,2-テトラフルオロプロピル基、1,1,2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロエチルメチル基、1-(トリフルオロメチル)-1,2,2,2-テトラフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、1,1,2,2-テトラフルオロブチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロブチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-オクタフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、1,1-ビス(トリフルオロ)メチル-2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2-(ペルフルオロプロピル)エチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-オクタフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-デカフルオロペンチル基、1,1-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、2-(ペルフルオロブチル)エチル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-デカフルオロヘキシル基、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-ドデカフルオロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロペンチルメチル基及びパーフルオロヘキシル基が挙げられる。なかでも、その炭素数が1~4であることが好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基及びペルフルオロプロピル基がより好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基が特に好ましい。
 ヒドロキシアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基及び2-ヒドロキシエチル基など
が挙げられる。
Examples of the fluorinated alkyl group include a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 1,1-difluoroethyl group, a 2,2-difluoroethyl group, a 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, 1 , 1,2,2-tetrafluoropropyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropyl group, perfluoroethylmethyl group, 1- (trifluoromethyl) -1,2,2,2- Tetrafluoroethyl group, perfluoropropyl group, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluorobutyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluorobutyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3 , 4,4-octafluorobutyl group, perfluorobutyl group, 1,1-bis (trifluoro) methyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2- (perfluoropropyl) Tyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-octafluoropentyl group, perfluoropentyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-decafluoro Pentyl group, 1,1-bis (trifluoromethyl) -2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl group, perfluoropentyl group, 2- (perfluorobutyl) ethyl group, 1,1,2,2, 3,3,4,4,5,5-decafluorohexyl group, 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-dodecafluorohexyl group, perfluoropentylmethyl group And perfluorohexyl groups. Among them, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, and a perfluoropropyl group, and particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
Examples of the hydroxyalkyl group include a hydroxymethyl group and a 2-hydroxyethyl group.
 酸安定モノマー(a4-4)の具体例を下記に示す。 Specific examples of the acid stable monomer (a4-4) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 樹脂(A)が、酸安定モノマー(a4-4)に由来する構造単位を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位(100モル%)に対して、2~40モル%が好ましく、3~35モル%の範囲がより好ましく、5~30モル%の範囲がさらに好ましい。 When the resin (A) has a structural unit derived from the acid stable monomer (a4-4), the content thereof is 2 to 40 mol% with respect to the total structural unit (100 mol%) of the resin (A). The range of 3 to 35 mol% is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 30 mol% is more preferable.
 好ましい樹脂(A)は、モノマー(a1)、酸安定モノマー(a2)及び/又は酸安定モノマー(a3)を重合させて得られる共重合体である。この好ましい共重合体において、モノマー(a1)として、上述のモノマー(a1-1)及びモノマー(a1-2)の少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましく、モノマー(a1-1)を用いることがさらに好ましい。酸安定モノマー(a2)としては、酸安定モノマー(a2-1)が好ましく、酸安定モノマー(a3)としては、酸安定モノマー(a3-1)及び酸安定モノマー(a3-2)の少なくとも1種が好ましい。 Preferred resin (A) is a copolymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer (a1), the acid stable monomer (a2) and / or the acid stable monomer (a3). In this preferable copolymer, it is preferable to use at least one of the above-mentioned monomer (a1-1) and monomer (a1-2) as monomer (a1), and more preferable to use monomer (a1-1). . The acid stable monomer (a2) is preferably an acid stable monomer (a2-1), and the acid stable monomer (a3) is at least one of an acid stable monomer (a3-1) and an acid stable monomer (a3-2). Is preferred.
 樹脂(A)は、モノマー(a1)と、必要に応じて、酸安定モノマー(a2)、酸安定モノマー(a3)及び酸安定モノマー(a4)からなる群より選ばれる酸安定モノマーとを用い、これらが上述のとおりの樹脂(A)の全構造単位に対する好適な含有量になるようにして使用量を調節した後、公知の重合法(例えばラジカル重合法)により製造することができる。 Resin (A) uses monomer (a1) and, if necessary, an acid-stable monomer selected from the group consisting of acid-stable monomer (a2), acid-stable monomer (a3) and acid-stable monomer (a4), After adjusting the amount of use such that these are suitable for the total structural unit of the resin (A) as described above, it can be produced by a known polymerization method (for example, radical polymerization method).
 樹脂(A)は、一態様において、式(II)で表される構造単位(以下「構造単位(II)」という場合がある)を有することが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the resin (A) preferably has a structural unit represented by the formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “structural unit (II)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
[式(II)中、R3は、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。環X1は、炭素数2~36の複素環を表し、該複素環に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~24の炭化水素基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアシル基又は炭素数2~4のアシルオキシ基で置換されていてもよい。]
 式(II)では、ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子を有してもよいアルキル基としては、例えば、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロイソプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロsec-ブチル基、ペルフルオロtert-ブチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 環X1の複素環としては、環を構成する原子として-CO-と窒素原子とを含有しているものであればよく、芳香族複素環であってもよいし、芳香性を有さないものであってもよい。また、単環式及び多環式のいずれであってもよい。 
 下記の基としては、具体的には、以下のものが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
[In the formula (II), R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Ring X1 represents a heterocyclic ring having 2 to 36 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the heterocyclic ring is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, It may be substituted with an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms or an acyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. ]
In the formula (II), examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, and a hexyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group which may have a halogen atom include trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroisopropyl group, perfluorobutyl group, perfluorosec-butyl group, perfluorotert-butyl group, perfluoropentyl. Group, perfluorohexyl group and the like.
The heterocyclic ring of the ring X1 is not limited as long as it contains —CO— and a nitrogen atom as atoms constituting the ring, and may be an aromatic heterocyclic ring or has no aromaticity It may be. Moreover, any of monocyclic and polycyclic may be sufficient.
Specific examples of the following groups include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 炭化水素基としては、例えば、アルキル基、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
 脂環式炭化水素基としては、単環式又は多環式のいずれでもよく、単環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、ジメチルシクロへキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基などのシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、デカヒドロナフチル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、メチルノルボルニル基、下記のような基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, and dimethylcyclohexane. Examples thereof include cycloalkyl groups such as a hexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include decahydronaphthyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group, methylnorbornyl group, and the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、p-メチルフェニル基、p-tert-ブチルフェニル基、p-アダマンチルフェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、メシチル基、ビフェニル基、フェナントリル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、2-メチル-6-エチルフェニル等のアリール基等が挙げられる。
 アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基及びドデシルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
 アシル基としては、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基などが挙げられる。
 アシルオキシ基としては、アセチルオキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基、ブチリルオキシ基、イソブチリルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 式(II)では、R3は水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 環X1は、窒素原子を含む4~7員環の複素環又はこの4~7員環を含む複素環が好ましく、窒素原子を含む4~6員環の複素環又はこのような4~6員環を含む複素環がより好ましい。-CO-は、窒素原子に結合する位置に配置しているもの、すなわち環X1はラクタム環であることが好ましい。
 構造単位(II)は、以下の式(IID)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。
Aromatic hydrocarbon groups include phenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, p-methylphenyl, p-tert-butylphenyl, p-adamantylphenyl, tolyl, xylyl, cumenyl, mesityl, biphenyl Groups, phenanthryl groups, 2,6-diethylphenyl groups, aryl groups such as 2-methyl-6-ethylphenyl, and the like.
Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, decyloxy group and dodecyloxy group.
Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group.
Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetyloxy group, a propionyloxy group, a butyryloxy group, and an isobutyryloxy group.
In the formula (II), R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ring X1 is preferably a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or a heterocyclic ring containing this 4- to 7-membered ring, and a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or such a 4 to 6-membered ring Heterocycles containing rings are more preferred. It is preferable that —CO— is arranged at a position bonded to a nitrogen atom, that is, the ring X1 is a lactam ring.
The structural unit (II) is preferably a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (IID).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
[式(IID)中、R31は、ハロゲン原子を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。R32は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアシル基又は炭素数2~4のアシルオキシ基を表す。n9は、0~8の整数を表し、n9が2以上の場合、複数のR32は同一又は相異なる。n9は、0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。] [In the formula (IID), R 31 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. R 32 represents a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or an acyloxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. n9 represents an integer of 0 to 8, and when n9 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 32 are the same or different. n9 is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. ]
 構造単位(II)としては、以下の構造単位が挙げられる。 The structural unit (II) includes the following structural units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 上記の構造単位において、R3に相当するメチル基が水素原子に置き換わった構造単位も、構造単位(II)の具体例として挙げることができる。 In the above structural unit, a structural unit in which a methyl group corresponding to R 3 is replaced by a hydrogen atom can also be given as a specific example of the structural unit (II).
 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは2,500以上であり、より好ましくは3,000以上、さらに好ましくは4,000以上である。該重量平均分子量の上限は50,000以下が好ましく、30,000以下がより好ましく、10,000以下がさらに好ましい。なお、ここでいう重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー分析により、標準ポリスチレン基準の換算値として求められるものである。
 樹脂(A)は、1種のみを使用してもよいし、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。
The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 2,500 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, and further preferably 4,000 or more. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 10,000 or less. In addition, the weight average molecular weight here is calculated | required as a conversion value of a standard polystyrene reference | standard by gel permeation chromatography analysis.
Resin (A) may use only 1 type and may mix and use 2 or more types.
 組成物中における樹脂(A)の含有量(2種以上使用する場合は合計量)は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、組成物中の全固形分に対して、50~99質量%が好ましく、70~97質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、全固形分とは、後述する膜を構成する成分の合計質量を意図し、溶媒を除く他の成分を意図する。
The content of resin (A) in the composition (total amount when two or more are used) is not particularly limited, but is 50% relative to the total solid content in the composition in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. ~ 99 mass% is preferable, and 70-97 mass% is more preferable.
In addition, the total solid content intends the total mass of components constituting the film described later, and intends other components excluding the solvent.
<活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する、一般式(I)で表される化合物>
 一般式(I)で表される化合物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する光酸発生剤である。この化合物を使用することにより、所望の効果が得られる。
 以下、一般式(I)の各基について詳述する。
<Compound represented by general formula (I) that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation>
The compound represented by the general formula (I) is a photoacid generator that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. By using this compound, a desired effect can be obtained.
Hereinafter, each group of general formula (I) is explained in full detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(I)中、Z+はカチオンを表す。
 カチオンは、例えば、オニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、ヨードニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、ベンゾチアゾリウムカチオン及びホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンが好ましく、アリールスルホニウムカチオンがより好ましい。
In the general formula (I), Z + represents a cation.
Examples of the cation include an onium cation, a sulfonium cation, an iodonium cation, an ammonium cation, a benzothiazolium cation, and a phosphonium cation. Among these, a sulfonium cation and an iodonium cation are preferable, and an arylsulfonium cation is more preferable.
 カチオン(Z+)としては、スルホニウムカチオン及びヨードニウムカチオンが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、以下の式(b2-1)~式(b2-4)のいずれかで表される有機カチオン〔以下、各式の番号に応じて、「カチオン(b2-1)」、「カチオン(b2-2)」、「カチオン(b2-3)」及び「カチオン(b2-4)」ということがある。〕である。 The cation (Z + ) is preferably a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation, more preferably an organic cation represented by any one of the following formulas (b2-1) to (b2-4) [hereinafter, each of the formulas Depending on the number, they may be referred to as “cation (b2-1)”, “cation (b2-2)”, “cation (b2-3)” and “cation (b2-4)”. ].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
[式(b2-1)~式(b2-4)中、
 Rb4、Rb5及びRb6は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~30の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。該脂肪族炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基で置換されていてもよく、該脂環式炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数2~4のアシル基又はグリシジルオキシ基で置換されていてもよく、該芳香族炭化水素基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~18の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。
[In the formulas (b2-1) to (b2-4),
R b4 , R b5 and R b6 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. Represents. The hydrogen atom contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and the alicyclic hydrocarbon The hydrogen atom contained in the group may be substituted with a halogen atom, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or a glycidyloxy group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, or a carbon number of 1 to 18 May be substituted with an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 Rb7及びRb8は、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す。
 m2及びn2は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数を表す。
 Rb9及びRb10は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~18の脂肪族炭化水素基又は炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。
 Rb11は、水素原子、炭素数1~18の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 Rb9~Rb11は、それぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基又は脂環式炭化水素基であり、これらが脂肪族炭化水素基である場合、その炭素数は1~12であることが好ましく、脂環式炭化水素基である場合、その炭素数は3~18であることが好ましく、4~12であることがより好ましい。
R b7 and R b8 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
m2 and n2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
R b9 and R b10 each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
R b11 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
R b9 to R b11 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and when these are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, the carbon number thereof is preferably 1 to 12, In the case of an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, the carbon number thereof is preferably 3 to 18, and more preferably 4 to 12.
 Rb12は、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。該芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数1~12のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基で置換されていてもよい。 R b12 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom. It may be substituted with ˜12 alkylcarbonyloxy groups.
 Rb9とRb10は、それらが結合する硫黄原子とともに互いに結合して3員環~12員環
(好ましくは3員環~7員環)の脂環式炭化水素環を形成していてもよく、該脂環式炭化水素環に含まれるメチレン基が、オキシ基、チオキシ基又はカルボニル基で置き換わっていてもよい。
R b9 and R b10 may be bonded together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded to form a 3- to 12-membered ring (preferably a 3- to 7-membered ring) alicyclic hydrocarbon ring. The methylene group contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon ring may be replaced with an oxy group, a thioxy group or a carbonyl group.
 Rb13、Rb14、Rb15、Rb16、Rb17及びRb18(以下、「Rb13~Rb18」と表記することがある。)は、それぞれ独立に、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基又炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基を表す。 R b13, R b14, R b15 , R b16, R b17 and R b18 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "R b13 ~ R b18".) Are each independently a hydroxy group, of 1 to 12 carbon atoms It represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 Lb11は、-S-又は-O-を表す。
 o2、p2、s2及びt2は、それぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
 q2及びr2は、それぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。
 u2は0又は1を表す。
 o2が2以上であるとき、複数のRb13は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、p2が
2以上であるとき、複数のRb14は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、s2が2以上であるとき、複数のRb17は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、t2が2以上であるとき、複数のRb18は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L b11 represents —S— or —O—.
o2, p2, s2, and t2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
q2 and r2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
u2 represents 0 or 1.
When o2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b13 may be the same or different from each other. When p2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b14 may be the same or different from each other, and s2 is 2 or more. Sometimes, the plurality of R b17 may be the same or different from each other, and when t2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b18 may be the same or different from each other.
 アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基及びドデシルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 アシル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基及びブチリル基などが挙げられる。
 アルキルカルボニルオキシ基としては、メチルカルボニルオキシ基、エチルカルボニルオキシ基、n-プロピルカルボニルオキシ基、イソプロピルカルボニルオキシ基、n-ブチルカルボニルオキシ基、sec-ブチルカルボニルオキシ基、tert-ブチルカルボニルオキシ基、ペンチルカルボニルオキシ基、ヘキシルカルボニルオキシ基、オクチルカルボニルオキシ基及び2-エチルヘキシルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, decyloxy group and dodecyloxy group.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group.
Examples of the alkylcarbonyloxy group include a methylcarbonyloxy group, an ethylcarbonyloxy group, an n-propylcarbonyloxy group, an isopropylcarbonyloxy group, an n-butylcarbonyloxy group, a sec-butylcarbonyloxy group, a tert-butylcarbonyloxy group, Examples thereof include a pentylcarbonyloxy group, a hexylcarbonyloxy group, an octylcarbonyloxy group, and a 2-ethylhexylcarbonyloxy group.
 好ましいアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基及び2-エチルヘキシル基であり、特に、Rb9~Rb12のアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~12である。
 好ましい脂環式炭化水素基は、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロデシル基、2-アルキルアダマンタン-2-イル基、1-(アダマンタン-1-イル)-1-アルキル基及びイソボルニル基などである。特に、Rb9~Rb11の脂環式炭化水素基は、好ましくは炭素数3~18、より好ましくは炭素数4~12である。
 好ましい芳香族炭化水素基は、フェニル基、4-メチルフェニル基、4-エチルフェニル基、4-tert-ブチルフェニル基、4-シクロへキシルフェニル基、4-メトキシフェニル基、ビフェニリル基及びナフチル基などが好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素基にアルキル基が置換したものは、典型的にはアラルキル基であり、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、フェニルプロピル基、トリチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基等が挙げられる。
Preferred alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, octyl and 2-ethylhexyl. In particular, the alkyl group of R b9 to R b12 preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
Preferred alicyclic hydrocarbon groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclodecyl, 2-alkyladamantan-2-yl, 1- (adamantan-1-yl) -1 -Alkyl groups and isobornyl groups. In particular, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of R b9 to R b11 preferably has 3 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms.
Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon groups include a phenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 4-ethylphenyl group, a 4-tert-butylphenyl group, a 4-cyclohexylphenyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a biphenylyl group, and a naphthyl group. Etc. are preferable.
An aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with an alkyl group is typically an aralkyl group, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a phenylpropyl group, a trityl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a naphthylethyl group.
 Rb9とRb10とが結合する硫黄原子とともに形成する環としては、例えば、チオラン-1-イウム環(テトラヒドロチオフェニウム環)、チアン-1-イウム環及び1,4-オキサチアン-4-イウム環などが挙げられる。
 Rb11とRb12とが結合する-CH-CO-とともに形成する環としては、例えば、オキソシクロヘプタン環、オキソシクロヘキサン環、オキソノルボルナン環及びオキソアダマンタン環などが挙げられる。
Examples of the ring formed together with the sulfur atom to which R b9 and R b10 are bonded include, for example, a thiolane-1-ium ring (tetrahydrothiophenium ring), a thian-1-ium ring, and a 1,4-oxathian-4-ium. Examples include rings.
Examples of the ring formed with —CH—CO— in which R b11 and R b12 are bonded include an oxocycloheptane ring, an oxocyclohexane ring, an oxonorbornane ring, and an oxoadamantane ring.
 なかでも、カチオン(b2-1)が好ましく、以下の式(b2-1-1)で表される有機カチオン〔以下、「カチオン(b2-1-1)」という。〕がより好ましく、トリフェニルスルホニウムカチオン(式(b2-1-1)中、v2=w2=x2=0である。)又はトリトリルスルホニウムカチオン(式(b2-1-1)中、v2=w2=x2=1であり、Rb19、Rb20及びRb21がいずれもメチル基である。)がさらに好ましい。 Among these, a cation (b2-1) is preferable, and an organic cation represented by the following formula (b2-1-1) [hereinafter referred to as “cation (b2-1-1)”. ], More preferably a triphenylsulfonium cation (in formula (b2-1-1), v2 = w2 = x2 = 0) or a tolylsulfonium cation (in formula (b2-1-1), v2 = w2 = X2 = 1, and R b19 , R b20 and R b21 are all methyl groups).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式(b2-1-1)中、
 Rb19~Rb21は、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子(より好ましくはフッ素原子)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基又は炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。
 v2、w2及びx2は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数(好ましくは0又は1)を表す。
 v2が2以上のとき、複数のRb19は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、w2が2以上のとき、複数のRb20は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、x2が2以上のとき、複数のRb21は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 なかでも、Rb19、Rb20及びRb21は、それぞれ独立に、好ましくは、ハロゲン原子(より好ましくはフッ素原子)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。
In formula (b2-1-1),
R b19 to R b21 each independently represent a halogen atom (more preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alicyclic ring having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. Represents a hydrocarbon group.
v2, w2 and x2 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5 (preferably 0 or 1).
When v2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b19 may be the same as or different from each other. When w2 is 2 or more, the plurality of R b20 may be the same or different from each other. R b21 may be the same as or different from each other.
Among them, R b19 , R b20 and R b21 are preferably each independently a halogen atom (more preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. It is preferable that
 カチオン(b2-1-1)の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation (b2-1-1) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 カチオン(b2-2)の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation (b2-2) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 カチオン(b2-3)の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation (b2-3) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 カチオン(b2-4)の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cation (b2-4) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 Q1及びQ2は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素、又は、少なくとも1つ以上のフッ素で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。パーフルオロアルキル基は、例えば、トリフルオロメチル基、パーフルオロエチル基、パーフルオロプロピル基、パーフルオロイソプロピル基、パーフルオロブチル基、パーフルオロsec-ブチル基、パーフルオロtert-ブチル基、パーフルオロペンチル基及びパーフルオロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 Q1及びQ2は、好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であり、フッ素原子又はCF3であることがより好ましい。特に、Q1及びQ2がフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents fluorine or an alkyl group substituted with at least one or more fluorine atoms. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Perfluoroalkyl groups include, for example, trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroisopropyl group, perfluorobutyl group, perfluoro sec-butyl group, perfluoro tert-butyl group, perfluoropentyl. Group and perfluorohexyl group.
Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably fluorine atoms.
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。この2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~10)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)又はこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基などが挙げられる。
 なかでも、好ましくは、Lは2価の炭素数1~30の飽和炭化水素基を表し、2価の飽和炭化水素基がメチレン基を有する場合、このメチレン基は、オキシ基又はカルボニル基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 2価の飽和炭化水素基としては、直鎖状アルカンジイル基、分岐状アルカンジイル基、単環式又は多環式の2価の脂環式炭化水素基が挙げられ、これらの基のうち2種以上を組み合わせたものでもよい。例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、ヘプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基、ノナン-1,9-ジイル基、デカン-1,10-ジイル基、ウンデカン-1,11-ジイル基、ドデカン-1,12-ジイル基、トリデカン-1,13-ジイル基、テトラデカン-1,14-ジイル基、ペンタデカン-1,15-ジイル基、ヘキサデカン-1,16-ジイル基、ヘプタデカン-1,17-ジイル基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-2,2-ジイル基等の直鎖状アルカンジイル基;直鎖状アルカンジイル基に、アルキル基(特に、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、te
rt-ブチル基等)の側鎖を有したもの、例えば、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基、2-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基等の分岐状アルカンジイル基;シクロブタン-1,3-ジイル基、1,3-シクロペンタン-1,3-ジイル基、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基シレン基、シクロオクタン-1,5-ジイル基、等のシクロアルカンジイル基等のシクロアルカンジイル基である単環式の2価の脂環式炭化水素基;ノルボルナン-1,4-ジイル基、ノルボルナン-2,5-ジイル基、1,5-アダマンタン-1,5-ジイル基、アダマンタン-2,6-ジイル基等の多環式の2価の脂環式炭化水素基等が挙げられる。
L represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, and an alkylene group. (Preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), or a divalent linking group in which a plurality of these are combined. .
Among them, L is preferably a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and when the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group has a methylene group, the methylene group is replaced with an oxy group or a carbonyl group. It may be.
Examples of the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group include a linear alkanediyl group, a branched alkanediyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and 2 of these groups. It may be a combination of more than one species. For example, methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6- Diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, nonane-1,9-diyl group, decane-1,10-diyl group, undecane-1,11-diyl group, dodecane- 1,12-diyl group, tridecane-1,13-diyl group, tetradecane-1,14-diyl group, pentadecane-1,15-diyl group, hexadecane-1,16-diyl group, heptadecane-1,17-diyl A linear alkanediyl group such as a group, ethane-1,1-diyl group, propane-1,1-diyl group, propane-2,2-diyl group; an alkyl group (particularly, carbon Alkyl group of 1 to 4, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, butyl group, sec- butyl group, te
rt-butyl group etc.) having a side chain, such as butane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane Branched alkanediyl groups such as 1,4-diyl group, 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group; cyclobutane-1,3-diyl group, 1,3-cyclopentane-1,3-diyl group, cyclohexane A monocyclic divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group which is a cycloalkanediyl group such as a cycloalkanediyl group such as a 1,4-diyl group silylene group, a cyclooctane-1,5-diyl group; norbornane- Polycyclic divalent alicyclic carbonization such as 1,4-diyl group, norbornane-2,5-diyl group, 1,5-adamantane-1,5-diyl group, adamantane-2,6-diyl group, etc. A hydrogen group etc. are mentioned.
 2価の飽和炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基が、オキシ基又はカルボニル基で置き換わったものとしては、例えば、以下の式(b1-1)~式(b1-8)のいずれかで示される基が挙げられる。Lb1は、好ましくは式(b1-1)~式(b1-4)のいずれかで示される基であり、さらに好ましくは式(b1-1)で示される基又は式(b1-2)で示される基である。なお、式(b1-1)~式(b1-8)は、その左右を一般式(I)に合わせて記載しており、左側の結合手*は、C(Q1)(Q2)と結合し、右側の結合手*はWと結合している。以下の式(b1-1)~式(b1-8)の具体例も同様である。 Examples of the group in which the methylene group contained in the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group is replaced by an oxy group or a carbonyl group include, for example, groups represented by any of the following formulas (b1-1) to (b1-8) Is mentioned. L b1 is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (b1-1) to (b1-4), more preferably a group represented by formula (b1-1) or a formula (b1-2). It is the group shown. Incidentally, the formula (b1-1) ~ formula (b1-8) are described together left and right to the general Formula (I), the left bond * is C (Q 1) and (Q 2) The right hand * is bonded to W. The same applies to specific examples of the following formulas (b1-1) to (b1-8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
[式(b1-1)~式(b1-8)中、
 Lb2は、単結合又は炭素数1~15の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb3は、単結合又は炭素数1~12の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb4は、炭素数1~13の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。但しLb3及びLb4の合計炭素数の上限は20である。
 Lb5は、炭素数1~15の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb6及びLb7は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~15の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。但しLb6及びLb7の合計炭素数の上限は16である。
 Lb8は、炭素数1~14の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb9及びLb10は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~11の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
但しLb9及びLb10の合計炭素数の上限は12である。
 Lb11は、炭素数1~11の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb12は、炭素数1~11の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb13は、炭素数1~11の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
 Lb14は、炭素数1~11の2価の飽和炭化水素基を表す。
[In the formulas (b1-1) to (b1-8),
L b2 represents a single bond or a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
L b3 represents a single bond or a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
L b4 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms. However, the upper limit of the total carbon number of L b3 and L b4 is 20.
L b5 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
L b6 and L b7 each independently represent a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. However, the upper limit of the total carbon number of L b6 and L b7 is 16.
L b8 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
L b9 and L b10 each independently represent a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms.
However, the upper limit of the total carbon number of L b9 and L b10 is 12.
L b11 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms.
L b12 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms.
L b13 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms.
L b14 represents a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms.
 式(b1-1)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-1) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式(b1-2)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-2) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式(b1-3)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-3) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式(b1-4)で表される2価の基は例えば、*-CH2-O-CH2-*が挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-4) include * —CH 2 —O—CH 2 — *.
 式(b1-5)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-5) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(b1-6)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-6) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式(b1-7)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-7) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式(b1-8)で表される2価の基は例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b1-8) include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 Lb1の2価の飽和炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数7~21のアラルキル基、炭素数2~4のアシル基及びグリシジルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 アラルキル基は、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、フェニルプロピル基、トリチル基、ナフチルメチル基及びナフチルエチル基等が挙げられる。
The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group for L b1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and a glycidyloxy group. Etc.
Examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl group, phenethyl group, phenylpropyl group, trityl group, naphthylmethyl group, and naphthylethyl group.
 Wは、環状構造を有する基(2価の環状構造を有する基)を表す。環状構造を有する基としては、例えば、環状脂肪族基、アリーレン基及び複素環状構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 W represents a group having a cyclic structure (group having a divalent cyclic structure). Examples of the group having a cyclic structure include a cyclic aliphatic group, an arylene group, and a group having a heterocyclic structure.
 Wとしての環状脂肪族基(脂環式炭化水素基)は、単環構造を有していてもよく、多環構造を有していてもよい。単環構造を有した環状脂肪族基としては、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基及びシクロオクチレン基等の単環のシクロアルキレン基が好ましい。多環構造を有した環状脂肪族基(多環式脂肪族基)としては、ノルボルニレン基、トリシクロデカニレン基、テトラシクロデカニレン基、テトラシクロドデカニレン基及びアダマンチレン基等の多環のシクロアルキレン基が好ましい。特には、Wとしてアダマンチレン基を採用することが好ましい。 The cyclic aliphatic group (alicyclic hydrocarbon group) as W may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure. The cycloaliphatic group having a monocyclic structure is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkylene group such as a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group and a cyclooctylene group. Examples of the cyclic aliphatic group having a polycyclic structure (polycyclic aliphatic group) include polycyclic ring groups such as norbornylene group, tricyclodecanylene group, tetracyclodecanylene group, tetracyclododecanylene group and adamantylene group. A cycloalkylene group is preferred. In particular, it is preferable to employ an adamantylene group as W.
 なお、環状脂肪族基に含まれるメチレン基は、オキシ基、スルホニル基(-SO2-)
又はカルボニル基で置き換わっていてもよい。環状脂肪族基に含まれるメチレン基が、オキシ基、スルホニル基又はカルボニル基に置き換わった基としては例えば、環状エーテル基(脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基の1つ又は2つがオキシ基に置き換わった基)、環状ケトン基(脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基の1つ又は2つがカルボニル基に置き換わった基)、スルトン環基(脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基のうち隣り合う2つのメチレン基が、それぞれ、オキシ基及びスルホニル基に置き換わった基)及びラクトン環基(脂環式炭化水素基に含まれるメチレン基のうち隣り合う2つのメチレン基が、それぞれ、オキシ基及びカルボニル基に置き換わった基)等が挙げられる。
The methylene group contained in the cyclic aliphatic group is an oxy group or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —).
Or it may be replaced by a carbonyl group. Examples of the group in which the methylene group contained in the cycloaliphatic group is replaced with an oxy group, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group include, for example, a cyclic ether group (one or two of the methylene groups contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group are oxy groups) ), Cyclic ketone groups (groups in which one or two of the methylene groups contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group are replaced by carbonyl groups), sultone ring groups (methylene groups contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon groups) Two adjacent methylene groups are groups in which the oxy group and the sulfonyl group are substituted, respectively, and lactone ring groups (two methylene groups adjacent to each other among the methylene groups contained in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group are respectively A group in which an oxy group and a carbonyl group are substituted).
 なお、環状脂肪族基としては、例えば、単環式の脂肪族炭化水素基として、以下の式(KA-1)~(KA-7)で表されるシクロアルカンの水素原子を2個取り去った基が挙げられる。また、多環式の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、以下の式(KA-8)~(KA-22)で表されるシクロアルカンの水素原子を2個取り去った基が挙げられる。また、脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基が酸素原子、スルホニル基又はカルボニル基で置き換わった基としては、具体的には、以下の式(Y1)~式(Y15)のいずれかで表される基が挙げられる。なお、これら式(Y1)~式(Y15)で表される基において、*はLb1に結合している結合手を表す。なお、Rに結合している結合手は、以下の図では省略してある。 As the cyclic aliphatic group, for example, two hydrogen atoms of the cycloalkane represented by the following formulas (KA-1) to (KA-7) were removed as a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Groups. Examples of the polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group include groups in which two hydrogen atoms of cycloalkane represented by the following formulas (KA-8) to (KA-22) are removed. Specific examples of the group in which the methylene group constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group include any of the following formulas (Y1) to (Y15): The group represented by these is mentioned. In the groups represented by these formulas (Y1) to (Y15), * represents a bond bonded to L b1 . Note that the bond that is bonded to R is omitted in the following figures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 Wとしてのアリーレン基は、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、フェナントリレン基、又はアントリレン基である。
 Wとしての複素環状構造を有する基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。この基に含まれているヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子又は酸素原子が好ましい。複素環構造の具体例としては、ラクトン環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環及びモルホリン環等が挙げられる。中でも、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環及びモルホリン環が好ましい。
The arylene group as W is, for example, a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a phenanthrylene group, or an anthrylene group.
The group having a heterocyclic structure as W may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. The heteroatom contained in this group is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic structure include lactone ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring and morpholine ring. Among these, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring are preferable.
 Rは、有機基を表す。本明細書中において、「有機基」とは、少なくとも1つ以上の炭素原子を有する官能基(例えば、直鎖状脂肪族基、環状脂肪族基、芳香族基、またはこれらを組み合せた基など)を意味し、ヘテロ原子(酸素原子など)が含まれていてもよい。 R represents an organic group. In the present specification, the “organic group” means a functional group having at least one or more carbon atoms (for example, a linear aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group obtained by combining them) ) And may contain a heteroatom (such as an oxygen atom).
 Rの好適態様の一つとしては、環状構造を有する基が挙げられる。環状構造を有する基としては、例えば、環状脂肪族基、アリール基及び複素環状構造を有する基等が挙げられる。
 環状脂肪族基は、単環構造を有していてもよく、多環構造を有していてもよい。単環構造を有した環状脂肪族基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。多環構造を有した環状脂肪族基としては、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 アリール基は、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、又はアントリル基である。
 複素環状構造を有する基は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。この基に含まれているヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子又は酸素原子が好ましい。複素環構造の具体例としては、ラクトン環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環及びモルホリン環等が挙げられる。中でも、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピペリジン環及びモルホリン環が好ましい。
 Rで表される環状構造を有する基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐鎖及び環状の何れであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。
One preferred embodiment of R is a group having a cyclic structure. Examples of the group having a cyclic structure include a cyclic aliphatic group, an aryl group, and a group having a heterocyclic structure.
The cycloaliphatic group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure. As the cyclic aliphatic group having a monocyclic structure, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group are preferable. The cycloaliphatic group having a polycyclic structure is preferably a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
The aryl group is, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, or an anthryl group.
The group having a heterocyclic structure may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. The heteroatom contained in this group is preferably a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic structure include lactone ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring and morpholine ring. Among these, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring are preferable.
The group having a cyclic structure represented by R may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group, Examples include an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group.
 Rの好適態様の一つとしては、保護基により保護されたヒドロキシ基(以下、場合により「保護化ヒドロキシ基」ともいう。)が挙げられる。
 この保護基は、酸の作用により脱保護が生じ得る基をいう。かかる保護基は、酸の作用により脱保護が生じる限り、ヒドロキシ基の保護基として有機合成分野で周知のものが採用できる。
 ここで、保護化ヒドロキシ基の好適例を示すと、以下の式(1A)で表される基、及び式(2A)で表される基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、式(2A)で表される基がより好ましい。
One preferred embodiment of R includes a hydroxy group protected by a protecting group (hereinafter also referred to as “protected hydroxy group” in some cases).
This protecting group refers to a group that can be deprotected by the action of an acid. As such a protecting group, as long as deprotection is caused by the action of an acid, a protecting group well known in the organic synthesis field can be adopted as a protecting group for a hydroxy group.
Here, when the suitable example of a protected hydroxy group is shown, group represented by the following formula | equation (1A) and group represented by a formula (2A) are mentioned. Among these, the group represented by the formula (2A) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
[式(1A)中、
 Ra61~Ra63は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。]
[In the formula (1A),
R a61 to R a63 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
[式(2A)中、
 Ra61’及びRa62’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~12の1価の炭化水素基を表し、Ra63’は、炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表すか、Ra62’及びRa63’は互いに結合して炭素数2~20の2価の炭化水素基を形成する。1価の炭化水素基を構成するメチレン基は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子に置き換わっていてもよく、2価の炭化水素基を構成するメチレン基は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子に置き換わっていてもよい。]
[In the formula (2A),
R a61 ′ and R a62 ′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and R a63 ′ represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R a62 ′ and R a63 ′ are bonded to each other to form a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The methylene group constituting the monovalent hydrocarbon group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and the methylene group constituting the divalent hydrocarbon group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. ]
 式(1A)のRa61~Ra63のアルキル基は、炭素数1~6の範囲において、すでに例示したものを含むが、Ra61~Ra63は、その全てがメチル基であると好ましい。 The alkyl groups of R a61 to R a63 in the formula (1A) include those already exemplified in the range of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and it is preferable that all of R a61 to R a63 are methyl groups.
 式(2A)のRa61’~Ra63’は水素原子又は炭化水素基であり、この炭化水素基は脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基のいずれでもよく、当該脂肪族炭化水素基は、アルキル基であっても、脂環式炭化水素基であってもよい。また、Ra62’及びRa63’は互いに結合して2価の炭化水素基を形成していてもよく、当該2価の炭化水素基はヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。Ra61’及びRa62’のうち、少なくとも1つは水素原子であることが好ましい。 R a61 ′ to R a63 ′ in the formula (2A) are a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and this hydrocarbon group may be either an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is An alkyl group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be used. R a62 ′ and R a63 ′ may be bonded to each other to form a divalent hydrocarbon group, and the divalent hydrocarbon group may contain a hetero atom. At least one of R a61 ′ and R a62 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rの他の好適態様の一つとしては、-L10-R10で表される基が挙げられる。
 L10は、炭素数1~6の2価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基を表し、該2価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基を構成するメチレン基は、酸素原子、カルボニル基又は-NR11-(R11は、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。)に置き換わっていてもよい。
 L10の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基を構成するメチレン基が、酸素原子又はカルボニル基で置き換わった基としては、例えば、*-CO-O-、*-CO-O-(CH2)v-(vは
0~4の整数を表す)、*-CO-O-CH2-、*-O-CO-、*-O-CH2-CO-O-、*-O-CO-O-、*-O-CO-O-CH2-、*-O-CO-CH2-O-、*-O-CH2-CO-O-CH2-、*-O-CO-CH2-O-CH2-及び*-O-CH2-CH2-O-などが挙げられ、なかでも、L10は、*-CO-O-(CH2)v-(vは、0~4の整数を表す。)が好ましい。なお、ここに示すL10の具体例において、*はいずれも環Wの炭素原子との結合手、すなわち、環Wの環を構成している炭素原子との結合手を表す。
Another preferred embodiment of R is a group represented by -L 10 -R 10 .
L 10 represents a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the methylene group constituting the divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, or —NR 11 — ( R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the group in which the methylene group constituting the aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group of L 10 is replaced by an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group include * —CO—O—, * —CO—O— (CH 2 ) v— ( v represents an integer of 0 to 4), * —CO—O—CH 2 —, * —O—CO—, * —O—CH 2 —CO—O—, * —O—CO—O—, * —O—CO—O—CH 2 —, * —O—CO—CH 2 —O—, * —O—CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 —, * —O—CO—CH 2 —O—CH 2 — and * —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —O— and the like are mentioned. Among them, L 10 represents * —CO—O— (CH 2 ) v— (v represents an integer of 0 to 4). .) Is preferred. In the specific examples of L 10 shown here, * represents a bond with a carbon atom of the ring W, that is, a bond with a carbon atom constituting the ring of the ring W.
 R10は、アントラセン環、フルオレン環又はフェナントレン環を含む1価の有機基であり、該有機基は置換基を有していてもよい。より具体的にR10を例示すると以下の式(R1-1)~式(R1-22)に示すものが挙げられる。なお、このR1の具体例のそれぞれにある*は、L10との結合手である。 R 10 is a monovalent organic group containing an anthracene ring, a fluorene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and the organic group may have a substituent. More specific examples of R 10 include those represented by the following formulas (R 1 -1) to (R 1 -22). Note that * in each of the specific examples of R 1 is a bond to L 10 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 Rの他の好適態様の一つとしては、-O-CO-O-L11-Y11で表される基が挙げられる。
 L11は、単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基(アルキレン基)を表し、該アルカンジイル基を構成しているメチレン基は、酸素原子又はカルボニル基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 L11におけるアルカンジイル基としては、直鎖状アルカンジイル又は分岐状アルカンジイルが挙げられる。
 具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基等の直鎖状アルカンジイル基;
 直鎖状アルカンジイル基に、アルキル基(特に、炭素数1~4のアルキル基)の側鎖を有したもの、例えば、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,2-ジイル基、1-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基、2-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基等の分岐状アルカンジイル基が挙げられる。
 中でも、L11は、単結合又はメチレン基が好ましい。
As one alternative preferred embodiment of the R, include groups represented by -O-CO-O-L 11 -Y 11.
L 11 represents a single bond or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkylene group), and the methylene group constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom or a carbonyl group.
Examples of the alkanediyl group in L 11 include linear alkanediyl and branched alkanediyl.
Specifically, methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, propane-1,2-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1 Linear alkanediyl group such as, 6-diyl group;
A straight chain alkanediyl group having a side chain of an alkyl group (particularly an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), for example, butane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3- Examples thereof include branched alkanediyl groups such as diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, 1-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group and 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group.
Among these, L 11 is preferably a single bond or a methylene group.
 Y11は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~18の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、該脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基は、酸素原子、スルホニル基又はカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよい。
 Y11における脂環式炭化水素基としては、単環式及び多環式のいずれでもよい。また、環原子としてのみ炭素原子を有する脂環式炭化水素基に留まらず、環原子の炭素原子に炭素数1~12のアルキル基が結合してなる基であってもよい。
 単環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、ジメチルシクロへキシル基、シクロヘプチル基及びシクロオクチル基などのシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、デカヒドロナフチル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基及びメチルノルボルニル基、並びに下記に示す基などが挙げられる。
Y 11 represents an optionally substituted alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and the methylene group constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group includes an oxygen atom, a sulfonyl group, or It may be replaced with a carbonyl group.
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group for Y 11 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, it is not limited to an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon atom only as a ring atom, and may be a group in which an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is bonded to a carbon atom of the ring atom.
Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include decahydronaphthyl group, adamantyl group, norbornyl group and methylnorbornyl group, and groups shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 この脂環式炭化水素基は任意に置換基を有する。「置換基を有する脂環式炭化水素基」とは、該脂環式炭化水素基にある水素原子が、置換基で置換されている基を意味する。
 置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(但し、フッ素原子を除く)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数7~21のアラルキル基、炭素数2~4のアシル基、グリシジルオキシ基又は-(CH2j2-OC
O-Ri1で表される基(式中、Ri1は、炭素数1~16の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~16の脂環式炭化水素基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。j2は、0~4の整数を表す。)等が挙げられる。この脂環式炭化水素基が有する置換基である芳香族炭化水素基及びアラルキル基は、例えば、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子又はヒドロキシ基を有していてもよい。
This alicyclic hydrocarbon group optionally has a substituent. The “substituent alicyclic hydrocarbon group” means a group in which a hydrogen atom in the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a substituent.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (excluding a fluorine atom), a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 21 carbon atoms. , An acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, a glycidyloxy group, or — (CH 2 ) j2 —OC
Group (wherein represented by O-R i1, R i1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, alicyclic hydrocarbon group or aromatic having 6 to 18 carbon atoms having 3 to 16 carbon atoms Represents a hydrocarbon group, j2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and the like. The aromatic hydrocarbon group and aralkyl group which are substituents of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may have, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
 アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基及びドデシルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
 芳香族炭化水素基としては例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、p-メチルフェニル基、p-tert-ブチルフェニル基、p-アダマンチルフェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、メシチル基、ビフェニル基、フェナントリル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、2-メチル-6-エチルフェニル等のアリール基等が挙げられる。
 アラルキル基としては、ベンジル、フェネチル、フェニルプロピル、トリチル、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基等が挙げられる。
 アシル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基及びブチリル基などが挙げられる。
 脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基及びオクチル基などのアルキル基が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, octyloxy group, decyloxy group and dodecyloxy group.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, p-methylphenyl group, p-tert-butylphenyl group, p-adamantylphenyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, mesityl group, Examples thereof include aryl groups such as biphenyl group, phenanthryl group, 2,6-diethylphenyl group and 2-methyl-6-ethylphenyl.
Examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl, trityl, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group and the like.
Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group.
 脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基が酸素原子、スルホニル基(-SO2-)
又はカルボニル基で置き換わった基としては、例えば、環状エーテル構造(脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基の1つ又は2つが酸素原子に置き換わった基)、環状ケトン基(脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基の1つ又は2つがカルボニル基に置き換わった基)、スルトン環基(脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基のうち隣り合う2つのメチレン基が、それぞれ、酸素原子及びスルホニル基に置き換わった基)及びラクトン環基(脂環式炭化水素基を構成しているメチレン基のうち隣り合う2つのメチレン基が、それぞれ、酸素原子及びカルボニル基に置き換わった基)等が挙げられる。
 Y11の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、以下の式(Y1)~式(Y29)が好ましい。*はL11との結合手を表す。
The methylene group constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —)
Examples of the group replaced with a carbonyl group include a cyclic ether structure (a group in which one or two methylene groups constituting an alicyclic hydrocarbon group are replaced with oxygen atoms), a cyclic ketone group (an alicyclic group). A group in which one or two of the methylene groups constituting the hydrocarbon group are replaced by a carbonyl group), a sultone ring group (two methylene groups adjacent to each other among the methylene groups constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group) , A group substituted with an oxygen atom and a sulfonyl group, respectively, and a lactone ring group (the two adjacent methylene groups among the methylene groups constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group are replaced with an oxygen atom and a carbonyl group, respectively. Group) and the like.
As the alicyclic hydrocarbon group for Y 11 , for example, the following formulas (Y1) to (Y29) are preferable. * Represents a bond to L 11.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 Y11の置換基を有する脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a substituent of Y 11 include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 Y11は、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいアダマンチル基であり、より好ましくはアダマンチル基、オキソアダマンチル基又はヒドロキシアダマンチル基である。 Y 11 is preferably an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, and more preferably an adamantyl group, an oxoadamantyl group or a hydroxyadamantyl group.
 組成物中における上記一般式(I)で表される化合物の含有量は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、組成物中の全固形分に対して、3~30質量%が好ましく、3~15質量%がより好ましい。
 なお、全固形分とは、後述する膜を構成する成分の合計質量を意図し、溶媒を除く他の成分を意図する。
 なお、一般式(I)で表される化合物は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
The content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the composition is not particularly limited, but 3 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. 3 to 15% by mass is more preferable.
In addition, the total solid content intends the total mass of components constituting the film described later, and intends other components excluding the solvent.
In addition, the compound represented by general formula (I) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の組成物は、上記樹脂(A)および一般式(I)で表される化合物以外の成分が含まれていてもよい。
 以下に、任意成分について詳述する。
<Other ingredients>
The composition of the present invention may contain components other than the compound represented by the resin (A) and the general formula (I).
Below, an arbitrary component is explained in full detail.
<活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B2)>
 本発明における組成物は、上述した一般式(I)で表される化合物以外の活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B2)(以下、「酸発生剤」又は「化合物(B2)」ともいう)を含有していてもよい。
 化合物(B2)としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましい。
 化合物(B2)は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 化合物(B2)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
 化合物(B2)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した酸分解性樹脂の一部に組み込まれてもよく、酸分解性樹脂とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 本発明において、化合物(B2)が、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
<Compound capable of generating acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (B2)>
The composition in the present invention comprises a compound (B2) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation other than the compound represented by the above general formula (I) (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator” or “compound (B2)”. May also be included.
The compound (B2) is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
The compound (B2) may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Moreover, you may use together the form incorporated in a part of polymer and the form of a low molecular compound.
When the compound (B2) is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
When the compound (B2) is in a form incorporated into a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated into a part of the acid-decomposable resin described above, or may be incorporated into a resin different from the acid-decomposable resin. .
In the present invention, the compound (B2) is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
 酸発生剤としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物及びそれらの混合物を適宜に選択して使用することができる。
 例えば、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、o-ニトロベンジルスルホネートを挙げることができる。
As the acid generator, photo-initiator of photocation polymerization, photo-initiator of photo-radical polymerization, photo-decoloring agent of dyes, photo-discoloring agent, irradiation of actinic ray or radiation used for micro resist, etc. The known compounds that generate an acid and mixtures thereof can be appropriately selected and used.
Examples thereof include diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and o-nitrobenzyl sulfonates.
 酸発生剤の内で好ましい化合物として、下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)、(ZIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred compounds among the acid generators include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、
硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表す。
 Zとしての非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン、カルボン酸アニオン、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチルアニオン等を挙げることができる。
In the general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Further, two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and an oxygen atom in the ring,
It may contain a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion.
Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion as Z include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a sulfonylimide anion, a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, and a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methyl anion.
 非求核性アニオンとは、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンであり、分子内求核反応による経時分解を抑制することができるアニオンである。これにより感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の経時安定性が向上する。
 スルホン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
 カルボン酸アニオンとしては、例えば、脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなどが挙げられる。
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基、
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF6 )、フッ素化硼素(例えば、BF4 )、フッ素化アンチモン等(例えば、SbF6 )を挙げることができる。
A non-nucleophilic anion is an anion that has an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction and is an anion that can suppress degradation over time due to an intramolecular nucleophilic reaction. Thereby, the temporal stability of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is improved.
Examples of the sulfonate anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion, an aromatic sulfonate anion, and a camphor sulfonate anion.
Examples of the carboxylate anion include an aliphatic carboxylate anion, an aromatic carboxylate anion, and an aralkylcarboxylate anion.
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. An alkyl group,
The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aromatic sulfonate anion may have a substituent.
Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ), fluorinated antimony and the like (eg, SbF 6 ). .
 Zの非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。非求核性アニオンとして、より好ましくは炭素数4~8のパーフロロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、更により好ましくはノナフロロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフロロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフロロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、3,5-ビス(トリフロロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンである。
 酸発生剤の中で、特に好ましい例としては、US2012/0207978A1の段落[0143]に例示された化合物を挙げることができる。
Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion of Z include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least α position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, an alkyl group Is preferably a bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion wherein an alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, a perfluorooctanesulfonate anion, Pentafluorobenzenesulfonate anion, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonate anion.
Among the acid generators, particularly preferable examples include compounds exemplified in paragraph [0143] of US2012 / 0207978A1.
 酸発生剤は、公知の方法で合成することができ、例えば、特開2007-161707号公報に記載の方法に準じて合成することができる。
 2種以上の酸発生剤を併用する場合、酸発生剤の組成物中の合計含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~25質量%、更に好ましくは3~20質量%、特に好ましくは3~15質量%である。
The acid generator can be synthesized by a known method, for example, according to the method described in JP-A No. 2007-161707.
When two or more acid generators are used in combination, the total content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.8%, based on the total solid content of the composition. It is 5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 15% by mass.
<(HR)疎水性樹脂>
 本発明の組成物は、特に液浸露光に適用する際、疎水性樹脂(以下、「疎水性樹脂(HR)」ともいう)を含有してもよい。疎水性樹脂(HR)は、樹脂(A)と比べて、相対的に表面自由エネルギーが小さい樹脂であり、これにより、疎水性樹脂(HR)がレジスト膜の表面に偏在化し、液浸媒体が水の場合、水に対する膜表面の静的/動的な接触角を向上させ、液浸液追随性を向上させることができる。
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は前述のように界面に偏在するものであるが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
<(HR) hydrophobic resin>
The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (HR)”), particularly when applied to immersion exposure. The hydrophobic resin (HR) is a resin having a relatively small surface free energy as compared with the resin (A). As a result, the hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, and the immersion medium is In the case of water, the static / dynamic contact angle of the film surface with respect to water can be improved, and the immersion liquid followability can be improved.
Hydrophobic resin (HR) is unevenly distributed at the interface as described above, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and polar / nonpolar substances should be mixed uniformly. It does not have to contribute to
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含むことが好ましい。疎水性樹脂(HR)に於けるフッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。また、疎水性樹脂(HR)は、分岐アルキル基、長鎖アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数4以上、より好ましくは炭素数6以上、特に好ましくは炭素数8以上)などの疎水的な基を有することも好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) preferably contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom. The fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (HR) may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be contained in the side chain. The hydrophobic resin (HR) has a hydrophobic group such as a branched alkyl group or a long-chain alkyl group (preferably having 4 or more carbon atoms, more preferably 6 or more carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 8 or more carbon atoms). It is also preferable.
 組成物中の疎水性樹脂(HR)の含有量は、組成物より形成される膜の後退接触角が後述する好適範囲になるよう適宜調整して使用できるが、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~15質量%、更に好ましくは0.1~10質量%であり、特に好ましくは0.2~8質量%である。 The content of the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the composition can be appropriately adjusted and used so that the receding contact angle of the film formed from the composition falls within the preferred range described later, but based on the total solid content of the composition Is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 8% by mass. is there.
 疎水性樹脂(HR)は、式(a)で表される化合物(以下「化合物(a)」という)に由来する構造単位を有していてもよい。 The hydrophobic resin (HR) may have a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (a) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (a)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
[式(a)中、
 R1は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
 R2は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~18の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 A1は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基又は式(a-g1)で表される基を表す。
[In the formula (a),
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
A 1 represents an optionally substituted alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by the formula (a-g1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式(a-g1)中、
 sは0又は1を表す。
 A10及びA12は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~5の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 A11は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~5の脂肪族炭化水素基又は単結合を表す。X10及びX11は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子(本明細書では当該酸素原子を「-O-」で示すことがある。)、カルボニル基(本明細書では当該カルボニル基を「-CO-」で示すことがある。)、カルボニルオキシ基(本明細書では当該カルボニルオキシ基を「-CO-O-」で示すことがある。)又はオキシカルボニル基(本明細書では当該オキシカルボニル基を「-O-CO-」で示すことがある)を表す。ただし、A10、A11、A12、X10及びX11の炭素数の合計は6以下である。)]
(In the formula (a-g1),
s represents 0 or 1.
A 10 and A 12 each independently represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
A 11 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a single bond. X 10 and X 11 are each independently an oxygen atom (in this specification, the oxygen atom may be represented by “—O—”), a carbonyl group (herein, the carbonyl group is represented by “—CO—”). ), A carbonyloxy group (in the present specification, the carbonyloxy group may be represented by “—CO—O—”) or an oxycarbonyl group (in the present specification, the oxycarbonyl group is represented by It may be represented by “—O—CO—”. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 10 , A 11 , A 12 , X 10 and X 11 is 6 or less. ]]
 A1は、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基又は上記式(a-g1)で表される基(以下
「基(a-g1)」という)である。
 A1のアルカンジイル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐していてもよく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパンジイル基、プロパンジイル基、ブタンジイル基、ペンタンジイル基、ペンタンジイル基及びヘキサンジイル基などが挙げられる。
 このアルカンジイル基を構成する水素原子は置換基に置き換わっていてもよい。該置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基及び炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
A 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a group represented by the above formula (a-g1) (hereinafter referred to as “group (a-g1)”).
The alkanediyl group of A 1 may be linear or branched, for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propanediyl group, propanediyl group, butanediyl group, pentanediyl group, pentanediyl group and hexanediyl. Groups and the like.
The hydrogen atom constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 以下に、基(a-g1)の具体例を示す。以下の具体例において、その左右を式(a)に合わせて記載しており、それぞれ*で示される2つの結合手のうち、左側の結合手は、R1側の酸素原子と結合し、右側の結合手はR2側の酸素原子と結合している。
 酸素原子を有する基(a-g1)としては、
Specific examples of the group (a-g1) are shown below. In the following specific examples, the left and right sides are described in accordance with the formula (a), and of the two bonds indicated by *, the left bond is bonded to the oxygen atom on the R 1 side and the right These bonds are bonded to the oxygen atom on the R 2 side.
As the group having an oxygen atom (a-g1),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
などが挙げられる(*は結合手を表す)。 (* Represents a bond).
 カルボニル基を有する基(a-g1)としては、 As the group (ag1) having a carbonyl group,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
などが挙げられる(*は結合手を表す)。 (* Represents a bond).
 カルボニルオキシ基を有する基(a-g1)としては、 As the group (ag1) having a carbonyloxy group,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
などが挙げられる(*は結合手を表す)。 (* Represents a bond).
 オキシカルボニル基を有する基(a-g1)としては、 As the group having an oxycarbonyl group (a-g1),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
などが挙げられる(*は結合手を表す)。 (* Represents a bond).
 なかでも、A1はアルカンジイル基が好ましく、置換基を有さないアルカンジイル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルカンジイル基がさらに好ましく、エチレン基が特に好ましい。 Among them, A 1 is preferably an alkanediyl group, more preferably an alkanediyl group having no substituent, further preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an ethylene group.
 R2の脂肪族炭化水素基は炭素-炭素不飽和結合を有していてもよいが、脂肪族飽和炭化水素基が好ましい。
 脂肪族飽和炭化水素基としては、アルキル基(当該アルキル基は直鎖でも分岐していてもよい)及び脂環式炭化水素基、並びに、アルキル基及び脂環式炭化水素基を組み合わせた脂肪族炭化水素基などが挙げられる。
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R 2 may have a carbon-carbon unsaturated bond, but is preferably an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group.
As the aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group (the alkyl group may be linear or branched) and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aliphatic combination of an alkyl group and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group A hydrocarbon group etc. are mentioned.
 アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基及びオクチル基などが挙げられる。
 脂環式炭化水素基は、単環式及び多環式のいずれでもよい。単環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、ジメチルシクロへキシル基、シクロヘプチル基及びシクロオクチル基などのシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環式炭化水素基としては、デカヒドロナフチル基、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基及びメチルノルボルニル基並びに下記に示す基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group.
The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a methylcyclohexyl group, a dimethylcyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group include a decahydronaphthyl group, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a methylnorbornyl group, and the groups shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 R2の脂肪族炭化水素基は置換基を有していても有していなくてもよいが、R2は置換基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 R2の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子又は式(a-g3)で表される基(以下「基(a-g3)」という)が好ましい。
Aliphatic hydrocarbon group R 2 may not have even have a substituent, R 2 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent.
The substituent for R 2 is preferably a halogen atom or a group represented by the formula (ag3) (hereinafter referred to as “group (ag3)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式(a-g3)中、
 X12は、酸素原子、カルボニル基、カルボニルオキシ基又はオキシカルボニル基を表す。
 A14は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。)
(In the formula (a-g3),
X 12 represents an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
A 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. )
 ハロゲン原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基は、典型的には、ハロゲン原子を有するアルキル基及びハロゲン原子を有する脂環式炭化水素基(好ましくは、ハロゲン原子を有するシクロアルキル基)である。
 ハロゲン原子を有するアルキル基とは、該アルキル基を構成する水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されたものである。同様に、ハロゲン原子を有する脂環式炭化水素基とは、該脂環式炭化水素基を構成する水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されたものである。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が挙げられ、好ましくは、フッ素原子である。
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom is typically an alkyl group having a halogen atom and an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom (preferably a cycloalkyl group having a halogen atom).
An alkyl group having a halogen atom is one in which a hydrogen atom constituting the alkyl group is substituted with a halogen atom. Similarly, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom is a group in which a hydrogen atom constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a halogen atom.
As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom is mentioned, Preferably it is a fluorine atom.
 R2のハロゲン原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基は、アルキル基を構成する水素原子の全部がフッ素原子に置換されたペルフルオロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基を構成する水素原子の全部がフッ素原子に置換されたペルフルオロシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、好ましくはペルフルオロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは、炭素数が1~6のペルフルオロアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~3のペルフルオロアルキル基である。
 ペルフルオロアルキル基としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロヘプチル基及びペルフルオロオクチル基などが挙げられる。
 X12は、カルボニルオキシ基又はオキシカルボニル基であることが好ましい。
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom for R 2 is a perfluoroalkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms constituting the alkyl group are substituted with fluorine atoms, or all of the hydrogen atoms constituting the cycloalkyl group are substituted with fluorine atoms. Perfluorocycloalkyl groups are preferred. Among these, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is still more preferable.
Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, a perfluoroheptyl group, and a perfluorooctyl group.
X 12 is preferably a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
 R2がフッ素原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基であり、A1がエチレン基である化合物(a)としては、以下の式(a1)~式(a16)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (a) in which R 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom and A 1 is an ethylene group include compounds represented by the following formulas (a1) to (a16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 R2が、ペルフルオロアルキル基又はペルフルオロシクロアルキル基である化合物(a)としては、上述の具体例の中では、式(a3)、式(a4)、式(a7)、式(a8)、式(a11)、式(a12)、式(a15)、及び式(a16)のいずれかで表される化合物が該当する。 As the compound (a) in which R 2 is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluorocycloalkyl group, among the above specific examples, the formula (a3), the formula (a4), the formula (a7), the formula (a8), the formula The compound represented by any of (a11), formula (a12), formula (a15), and formula (a16) is applicable.
 式(a-g3)で表される基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基としては、基(a-g3)を1個又は複数個有していてもよいが、基(a-g3)に含まれる炭素原子の数を含めて、脂肪族炭化水素基の総炭素数は、15以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。このような好ましい総炭素数を満たすためには、基(a-g3)を1個有する基がR2として好ましい。 The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a group represented by the formula (a-g3) may have one or a plurality of groups (ag3), but is included in the group (ag3). The total number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group including the number of carbon atoms is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. In order to satisfy such a preferable total carbon number, a group having one group (ag3) is preferable as R 2 .
 基(a-g3)を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、つまり、基(a-g3)を有するR2は、
以下の式(a-g2)で表される基(以下「基(a-g2)」という)であることが好ましい。
An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having the group (ag3), that is, R 2 having the group (ag3) is
A group represented by the following formula (a-g2) (hereinafter referred to as “group (a-g2)”) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
(式(a-g2)中、
 A13は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 X12は、カルボニルオキシ基又はオキシカルボニル基を表す。
 A14は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。ただし、A13、A14及びX12の炭素数の合計は18以下である。)
(In the formula (a-g2),
A 13 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
X 12 represents a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
A 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 13 , A 14 and X 12 is 18 or less. )
 基(a-g2)(*はカルボニル基との結合手である)のうち、好ましいものとして、以下の構造が挙げられる。 Among the groups (ag2) (* is a bond to a carbonyl group), the following structures are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 R2が、式(a-g3)で表される基を1個有する脂肪族炭化水素基である化合物(a)、つまり、R2が式(a-g2)で表される基である化合物(a)は具体的には、以下の式(a’)で表されるもの(以下「化合物(a’)」という)である。 R 2 is a compound which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one group represented by the formula (a-g3) (a) , i.e., compounds wherein R 2 is a group represented by the formula (a-g2) Specifically, (a) is represented by the following formula (a ′) (hereinafter referred to as “compound (a ′)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
[式(a’)中、
 A13は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 X12は、カルボニルオキシ基又はオキシカルボニル基を表す。
 A14は、ハロゲン原子を有していてもよい炭素数3~17の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。ただし、A13及びA14の炭素数の合計は17以下である。
 A1及びR1は、上記と同義である。]
 化合物(a’)は、組成物に含有される疎水性樹脂(HR)の製造用原料として、有用な化合物である。
[In the formula (a ′),
A 13 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom.
X 12 represents a carbonyloxy group or an oxycarbonyl group.
A 14 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom. However, the total number of carbon atoms of A 13 and A 14 is 17 or less.
A 1 and R 1 are as defined above. ]
The compound (a ′) is a useful compound as a raw material for producing the hydrophobic resin (HR) contained in the composition.
 化合物(a’)において、A13及びA14はともにハロゲン原子を有することもあるが、A13のみが、ハロゲン原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基であるか、または、A14のみがハロゲン原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。さらには、A13のみがハロゲン原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、中でも、A13はフッ素原子を有するアルカンジイル基がより好ましく、ペルフルオロアルカンジイル基がさらに好ましい。なお、この「ペルフルオロアルカンジイル基」とは、水素原子の全部がフッ素原子に置換されたアルカンジイル基をいう。 In the compound (a ′), both A 13 and A 14 may have a halogen atom, but only A 13 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom, or only A 14 has a halogen atom. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. Further, only A 13 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a halogen atom, and among them, A 13 is more preferably an alkanediyl group having a fluorine atom, and more preferably a perfluoroalkanediyl group. The “perfluoroalkanediyl group” refers to an alkanediyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
 R2がペルフルオロアルカンジイル基であり、A1がエチレン基である化合物(a’)としては、以下の式(a’1)~式(a’10)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (a ′) in which R 2 is a perfluoroalkanediyl group and A 1 is an ethylene group include compounds represented by the following formulas (a′1) to (a′10).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 A13及びA14は炭素数の合計が17以下である範囲で任意に選択されるが、A13の炭素数は1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。A14の炭素数は4~15が好ましく、5~12がより好ましい。さらに好ましいA14は、炭素数6~12の脂環式炭化水素基であり、脂環式炭化水素基としては、シクロヘキシル基及びアダマンチル基が好ましい。 A 13 and A 14 are arbitrarily selected within a range where the total number of carbon atoms is 17 or less, and the carbon number of A 13 is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3. The number of carbon atoms of A 14 is preferably 4-15, and more preferably 5-12. Further preferred A 14 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably a cyclohexyl group or an adamantyl group.
<酸拡散制御剤>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含有することが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤は、酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップするクエンチャーとして作用するものである。酸拡散制御剤としては、塩基性化合物、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩を使用することができる。
<Acid diffusion control agent>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller. The acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like. Examples of the acid diffusion controller include a basic compound, a low molecular compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, a basic compound whose basicity is reduced or disappeared by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and an acid. An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the generator can be used.
 塩基性化合物としては、好ましくは、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the basic compound include compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20) or an aryl group (having a carbon number). 6-20), wherein R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 これら一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
Regarding the alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
 好ましい化合物として、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、ピペリジン等を挙げることができ、更に好ましい化合物として、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造又はピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等を挙げることができる。
 好ましい化合物の具体例としては、US2012/0219913A1の段落[0379]に例示された化合物を挙げることができる。
Preferred compounds include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like, and more preferred compounds include imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate Examples thereof include a compound having a structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond.
Specific examples of preferred compounds include those exemplified in paragraph [0379] of US2012 / 0219913A1.
 好ましい塩基性化合物として、更に、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物、スルホン酸エステル基を有するアミン化合物及びスルホン酸エステル基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the basic compound further include an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonic acid ester group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonic acid ester group.
 アミン化合物は、1級、2級、3級のアミン化合物を使用することができ、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアミン化合物が好ましい。アミン化合物は、3級アミン化合物であることがより好ましい。アミン化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。アミン化合物は、アルキル鎖中に、酸素原子を有し、オキシアルキレン基が形成されていることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1つ以上、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CH2CH2O-)若しくはオキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH3)CH2O-若しくは-CH2CH2CH2O-)が好ましく、更に好ましくはオキシエチレン基である。 As the amine compound, a primary, secondary or tertiary amine compound can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. The amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound. As long as at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to a nitrogen atom, the amine compound has an cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). Preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms may be bonded to the nitrogen atom. The amine compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed. The number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
 アンモニウム塩化合物は、1級、2級、3級、4級のアンモニウム塩化合物を使用することができ、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアンモニウム塩化合物が好ましい。アンモニウム塩化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。アンモニウム塩化合物は、アルキル鎖中に、酸素原子を有し、オキシアルキレン基が形成されていることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1つ以上、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CH2CH2O-)若しくはオキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH3)CH2O-若しくは-CH2CH2CH2O-)が好ましく、更に好ましくはオキシエチレン基である。 As the ammonium salt compound, a primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium salt compound can be used, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. In addition to the alkyl group, the ammonium salt compound may be a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group, provided that at least one alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably having 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to a nitrogen atom. The ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain and an oxyalkylene group is formed. The number of oxyalkylene groups is one or more in the molecule, preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (—CH 2 CH 2 O—) or an oxypropylene group (—CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O—) is preferable, and more preferably oxy Ethylene group.
 アンモニウム塩化合物のアニオンとしては、ハロゲン原子、スルホネート、ボレート、フォスフェート等が挙げられるが、中でもハロゲン原子、スルホネートが好ましい。
 また、下記化合物も塩基性化合物として好ましい。
Examples of the anion of the ammonium salt compound include halogen atoms, sulfonates, borates, and phosphates. Among them, halogen atoms and sulfonates are preferable.
The following compounds are also preferable as the basic compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 塩基性化合物としては、上述した化合物のほかに、特開2011‐22560号公報の段落〔0180〕~〔0225〕、特開2012-137735号公報の段落〔0218〕~〔0219〕、国際公開パンフレットWO2011/158687A1の段落〔0416〕~〔0438〕に記載されている化合物等を使用することもできる。
 これらの塩基性化合物は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
As basic compounds, in addition to the above-mentioned compounds, paragraphs [0180] to [0225] of JP2011-22560A, paragraphs [0218] to [0219] of JP2012-137735A, international publication pamphlet The compounds described in paragraphs [0416] to [0438] of WO2011 / 158687A1 can also be used.
These basic compounds may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 本発明の組成物は、塩基性化合物を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性化合物の含有率は、組成物の固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
 酸発生剤と塩基性化合物の組成物中の使用割合は、酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)=2.5~300であることが好ましい。即ち、感度、解像度の点からモル比が2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時によるレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点から300以下が好ましい。酸発生剤/塩基性化合物(モル比)は、より好ましくは5.0~200、更に好ましくは7.0~150である。
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a basic compound. When it is contained, the content of the basic compound is usually 0.001 to 10 mass based on the solid content of the composition. %, Preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
The use ratio of the acid generator and the basic compound in the composition is preferably acid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) = 2.5 to 300. That is, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing resolution from being reduced due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until post-exposure heat treatment. The acid generator / basic compound (molar ratio) is more preferably from 5.0 to 200, still more preferably from 7.0 to 150.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物は、酸の作用により脱離する基として、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、ヘミアミナールエーテル基であることが特に好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基を有する化合物(C)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が特に好ましい。
 化合物(C)としては、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体が好ましい。
A low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, a hemi group as a group leaving by the action of an acid. Aminal ether groups are preferred, with carbamate groups and hemiaminal ether groups being particularly preferred.
The molecular weight of the compound (C) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.
As the compound (C), an amine derivative having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom is preferable.
 化合物(C)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。 Compound (C) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
 Rbとして好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。より好ましくは、直鎖状、又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基である。
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、複素環式炭化水素基若しくはその誘導体等が挙げられる。
In general formula (d-1),
Rb independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aralkyl group ( Preferably, it represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are substituted with a functional group such as hydroxyl group, cyano group, amino group, pyrrolidino group, piperidino group, morpholino group, oxo group, alkoxy group, or halogen atom. It may be. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
Rb is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, or aryl group. More preferably, it is a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting two Rb to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group, or a derivative thereof.
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、US2012/013534
8A1の段落[0466]に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include US2012 / 013534.
The structure disclosed in paragraph [0466] of 8A1 can be exemplified, but is not limited thereto.
 化合物(C)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するものであることが特に好ましい。 It is particularly preferable that the compound (C) has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 一般式(6)において、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。該複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
In the general formula (6), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, two Ras may be the same or different, and two Ras may be connected to each other to form a heterocyclic ring together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. The heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples thereof are also the same.
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基は、Rbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。 In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra are described above as the groups in which the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb may be substituted. It may be substituted with a group similar to the group.
 Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of Ra (these alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with the above groups) include Rb The same group as the specific example mentioned above about is mentioned.
 特に好ましい化合物(C)を具体的としては、US2012/0135348A1の段落[0475]に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
 一般式(6)で表される化合物は、特開2007-298569号公報、特開2009-199021号公報などに基づき合成することができる。
 本発明において、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有する低分子化合物(C)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。
 本発明の組成物における化合物(C)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.001~20質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001~10質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。
Specific examples of the particularly preferable compound (C) include, but are not limited to, compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of US2012 / 0135348A1.
The compound represented by the general formula (6) can be synthesized based on JP2007-298869A, JP2009-199021A, and the like.
In the present invention, the low molecular compound (C) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the compound (C) in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, further based on the total solid content of the composition. Preferably, the content is 0.01 to 5% by mass.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、且つ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。以後、化合物(PA)とも表記する。 A basic compound whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation has a proton acceptor functional group, and decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease or disappearance of proton acceptor properties. Or a compound that changes from proton acceptor properties to acidic properties. Hereinafter, it is also referred to as compound (PA).
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基或いは電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基や、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記一般式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton acceptor functional group is a group that can interact electrostatically with a proton or a functional group having an electron. For example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether or a π-conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジン、イミダゾール、ピラジン構造などを挙げることができる。 Examples of a preferable partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether, an azacrown ether, a primary to tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, and a pyrazine structure.
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(PA)とプロトンからプロトン付加体が生成する時、その化学平衡に於ける平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。
The compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation to generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acid is a change in the proton acceptor property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group. Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound having a proton acceptor functional group (PA) and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium is reduced.
Proton acceptor property can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 本発明においては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(PA)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaが、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、より好ましくは-13<pKa<-1であり、更に好ましくは-13<pKa<-3である。 In the present invention, the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposition of the compound (PA) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably −13 <pKa <−1. More preferably, −13 <pKa <−3.
 本発明において、酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に記載のものであり、この値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示している。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測することができ、また、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数および公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示している。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
In the present invention, the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is described in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be measured by measuring an acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution, and using the following software package 1, Hammett The values based on the substituent constants and the database of known literature values can also be obtained by calculation. The values of pKa described in this specification all indicate values obtained by calculation using this software package.
Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して発生する上記プロトン付加体として、例えば、下記一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を発生する。一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基とともに酸性基を有することにより、化合物(PA)に比べてプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物である。 The compound (PA) generates, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (PA-1) as the proton adduct generated by decomposition upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Since the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) has an acidic group together with the proton acceptor functional group, the proton acceptor property is reduced or disappeared compared to the compound (PA), or the proton acceptor property is reduced. It is a compound that has changed to acidic.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 一般式(PA-1)中、
 Qは、-SO3H、-CO2H、又は-W1NHW2fを表す。ここで、Rfは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、W1及びW2は、各々独立に、-SO2-又は-CO-を表す。
 Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Xは、-SO2-又は-CO-を表す。
 nは、0又は1を表す。
 Bは、単結合、酸素原子、又は-N(Rx)Ry-を表す。ここで、Rxは水素原子又は
1価の有機基を表し、Ryは単結合又は2価の有機基を表す。Rxは、Ryと結合して環を形成していてもよく、Rと結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する1価の有機基を表す。
In general formula (PA-1),
Q represents —SO 3 H, —CO 2 H, or —W 1 NHW 2 R f . Here, R f represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, and W 1 and W 2 each independently represent —SO 2 — or —CO—.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents —SO 2 — or —CO—.
n represents 0 or 1.
B represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, or —N (R x ) R y —. Here, R x represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R y represents a single bond or a divalent organic group. R x may be bonded to R y to form a ring, or may be bonded to R to form a ring.
R represents a monovalent organic group having a proton acceptor functional group.
 一般式(PA-1)について更に詳細に説明する。
 Aにおける2価の連結基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~12の2価の連結基であり、例えば、アルキレン基、フェニレン基等が挙げられる。より好ましくは少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を有するアルキレン基であり、好ましい炭素数は2~6、より好ましくは炭素数2~4である。アルキレン鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子などの連結基を有していてもよい。アルキレン基は、特に水素原子数の30~100%がフッ素原子で置換されたアルキレン基が好ましく、Q部位と結合した炭素原子がフッ素原子を有することがより好ましい。更にはパーフルオロアルキレン基が好ましく、パーフロロエチレン基、パーフロロプロピレン基、パーフロロブチレン基がより好ましい。
The general formula (PA-1) will be described in more detail.
The divalent linking group in A is preferably a divalent linking group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkylene group and a phenylene group. More preferred is an alkylene group having at least one fluorine atom, and the preferred carbon number is 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4. The alkylene chain may have a linking group such as an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The alkylene group is particularly preferably an alkylene group in which 30 to 100% of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, and more preferably, the carbon atom bonded to the Q site has a fluorine atom. Further, a perfluoroalkylene group is preferable, and a perfluoroethylene group, a perfluoropropylene group, and a perfluorobutylene group are more preferable.
 Rxにおける1価の有機基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~30であり、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基などを挙げることができる。これら基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rxにおけるアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~
20の直鎖及び分岐アルキル基であり、アルキル鎖中に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有していてもよい。
 Ryにおける2価の有機基としては、好ましくはアルキレン基を挙げることができる。
 RxとRyが互いに結合して形成してもよい環構造としては、窒素原子を含む5~10員の環、特に好ましくは6員の環が挙げられる。
The monovalent organic group for R x preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. These groups may further have a substituent.
The alkyl group for R x may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to
20 linear and branched alkyl groups, which may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the alkyl chain.
Preferred examples of the divalent organic group for R y include an alkylene group.
Examples of the ring structure that R x and R y may be bonded to each other include a 5- to 10-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom, particularly preferably a 6-membered ring.
 Rにおけるプロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、上記の通りであり、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジンやイミダゾールといった窒素を含む複素環式芳香族構造などを有する基が挙げられる。
 このような構造を有する有機基として、好ましい炭素数は4~30であり、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基などを挙げることができる。
 Rにおけるプロトンアクセプター性官能基又はアンモニウム基を含むアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基におけるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基は、Rxとして挙げたアルキル基、
シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基と同様のものである。
The proton acceptor functional group in R is as described above, and examples thereof include azacrown ether, primary to tertiary amines, and groups having a heterocyclic aromatic structure containing nitrogen such as pyridine and imidazole.
The organic group having such a structure preferably has 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
An alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group containing a proton acceptor functional group or an ammonium group in R is exemplified as R x. Alkyl groups,
The same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and alkenyl group.
 Bが-N(Rx)Ry-の時、RとRxが互いに結合して環を形成していることが好ましい。環構造を形成することによって、安定性が向上し、これを用いた組成物の保存安定性が向上する。環を形成する炭素数は4~20が好ましく、単環式でも多環式でもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を含んでいてもよい。 When B is —N (R x ) R y —, R and R x are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring. By forming the ring structure, the stability is improved, and the storage stability of the composition using the ring structure is improved. The number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 4 to 20, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom in the ring.
 単環式構造としては、窒素原子を含む4員環、5員環、6員環、7員環、8員環等を挙げることができる。多環式構造としては、2又は3以上の単環式構造の組み合わせから成る構造を挙げることができる。 Examples of the monocyclic structure include a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, and an 8-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom. Examples of the polycyclic structure include a structure composed of a combination of two or three or more monocyclic structures.
 Qにより表される-X1NHX2fにおけるRfとして、好ましくは炭素数1~6のフッ素原子を有してもよいアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~6のパーフルオロアルキル基である。また、X1及びX2としては、少なくとも一方が-SO2-であること
が好ましく、より好ましくはX1及びX2の両方が-SO2-である場合である。
 Qは、酸基の親水性の観点から、-SO3H又は-CO2Hであることが特に好ましい。
 一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物の内、Q部位がスルホン酸である化合物は、一般的なスルホンアミド化反応を用いることで合成できる。例えば、ビススルホニルハライド化合物の一方のスルホニルハライド部を選択的にアミン化合物と反応させて、スルホンアミド結合を形成した後、もう一方のスルホニルハライド部分を加水分解する方法、あるいは環状スルホン酸無水物をアミン化合物と反応させ開環させる方法により得ることができる。
As R f in -X 1 NHX 2 R f represented by Q, preferred is an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably perfluoroalkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms It is a group. As X 1 and X 2 , at least one is preferably —SO 2 —, and more preferably, both X 1 and X 2 are —SO 2 —.
Q is particularly preferably —SO 3 H or —CO 2 H from the viewpoint of the hydrophilicity of the acid group.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (PA-1), a compound in which the Q site is a sulfonic acid can be synthesized by using a general sulfonamidation reaction. For example, a method in which one sulfonyl halide part of a bissulfonyl halide compound is selectively reacted with an amine compound to form a sulfonamide bond, and then the other sulfonyl halide part is hydrolyzed, or a cyclic sulfonic acid anhydride is used. It can be obtained by a method of ring-opening by reacting with an amine compound.
 化合物(PA)は、イオン性化合物であることが好ましい。プロトンアクセプター性官能基はアニオン部、カチオン部のいずれに含まれていてもよいが、アニオン部位に含まれていることが好ましい。
 化合物(PA)として、好ましくは下記一般式(4)~(6)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
The compound (PA) is preferably an ionic compound. The proton acceptor functional group may be contained in either the anion portion or the cation portion, but is preferably contained in the anion portion.
Preferred examples of the compound (PA) include compounds represented by the following general formulas (4) to (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 一般式(4)~(6)において、A、X、n、B、R、Rf、X1及びX2は、一般式(PA-1)における各々と同義である。
 Cはカウンターカチオンを示す。
 カウンターカチオンとしては、オニウムカチオンが好ましい。なかでも、上述した一般式(ZI)におけるS(R201)(R202)(R203)として説明されているスルホニウムカチオン、一般式(ZII)におけるI(R204)(R205)として説明されているヨードニウムカチオンが好ましい例として挙げられる。
 以下、化合物(PA)の具体例としては、US2011/0269072A1の段落[0280]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
In the general formulas (4) to (6), A, X, n, B, R, Rf, X 1 and X 2 have the same meanings as in the general formula (PA-1).
C + represents a counter cation.
The counter cation is preferably an onium cation. Among them, the sulfonium cation described as S + (R 201 ) (R 202 ) (R 203 ) in the general formula (ZI) described above, as I + (R 204 ) (R 205 ) in the general formula (ZII) The iodonium cation described is a preferred example.
Hereinafter, specific examples of the compound (PA) include compounds exemplified in paragraph [0280] of US2011 / 0269072A1.
 また、本発明においては、一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を発生する化合物以外の化合物(PA)も適宜選択可能である。例えば、イオン性化合物であって、カチオン部にプロトンアクセプター部位を有する化合物を用いてもよい。より具体的には、下記一般式(7)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, a compound (PA) other than the compound that generates the compound represented by the general formula (PA-1) can be appropriately selected. For example, an ionic compound that has a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety may be used. More specifically, a compound represented by the following general formula (7) is exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 式中、Aは硫黄原子又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 mは1又は2を表し、nは1又は2を表す。但し、Aが硫黄原子の時、m+n=3、Aがヨウ素原子の時、m+n=2である。
 Rは、アリール基を表す。
 RNは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基で置換されたアリール基を表す。
 Xは、対アニオンを表す。
 Xの具体例としては、酸発生剤のアニオン部と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 RおよびRNのアリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基が好ましく挙げられる。
In the formula, A represents a sulfur atom or an iodine atom.
m represents 1 or 2, and n represents 1 or 2. However, when A is a sulfur atom, m + n = 3, and when A is an iodine atom, m + n = 2.
R represents an aryl group.
R N represents an aryl group substituted with a proton acceptor functional group.
X represents a counter anion.
Specific examples of X include the same as the anion moiety of the acid generator.
Specific examples of the aryl group of R and R N is a phenyl group are preferably exemplified.
 RNが有するプロトンアクセプター性官能基の具体例としては、前述の式(PA-1)
で説明したプロトンアクセプター性官能基と同様である。
 以下に、カチオン部にプロトンアクセプター部位を有するイオン性化合物の具体例としては、US2011/0269072A1の段落[0291]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 なお、このような化合物は、例えば、特開2007―230913号公報及び特開2009―122623号公報などに記載の方法を参考にして合成できる。
Specific examples of the proton acceptor functional group R N has the previously described formula (PA-1)
It is the same as the proton acceptor functional group described in 1.
Specific examples of the ionic compound having a proton acceptor moiety in the cation moiety include the compounds exemplified in paragraph [0291] of US2011 / 0269072A1.
Such a compound can be synthesized with reference to methods described in, for example, JP-A-2007-230913 and JP-A-2009-122623.
 化合物(PA)は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。化合物(PA)の含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、1~8質量%がより好ましい。 Compound (PA) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the compound (PA) is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
 本発明の組成物では、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩を酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。
 酸発生剤と、酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩を混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt that becomes a weak acid relative to the acid generator can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
When an acid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is a relatively weak acid with respect to the acid generated from the acid generator are mixed and used, the acid generated from the acid generator by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation When it collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, a weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged with a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the acid generator is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Y3は直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基またはアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mはそれぞれ独立に、スルホニウム又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group, and Z 2c is an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (provided that the carbon adjacent to S R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or an arylene group, and Rf is a fluorine atom. Each of the M + is independently a sulfonium or iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、上述したS(R201)(R202)(R203)として表されるスルホニウムカチオン、I(R204)(R205)として表されるヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
 一般式(d1-1)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開201
2-242799号公報の段落[0198]に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(d1-2)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開201
2-242799号公報の段落[0201]に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(d1-3)で表される化合物のアニオン部の好ましい例としては、特開201
2-242799号公報の段落[0209]~[0210]に例示された構造を挙げることが出来る。
Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation represented by S + (R 201 ) (R 202 ) (R 203 ) described above, I + (R 204 ) (R 205 ). The iodonium cation represented by these is mentioned.
Preferable examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-1) include
The structure exemplified in paragraph [0198] of JP-A-2-242799 can be exemplified.
Preferred examples of the anion moiety of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-2) include
The structure exemplified in paragraph [0201] of JP-A-2-242799 can be exemplified.
Preferable examples of the anion part of the compound represented by the general formula (d1-3) include
The structures exemplified in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of JP-A-2-242799 can be given.
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、該カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物であってもよい。
 上記化合物としては、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
An onium salt that is a weak acid relative to an acid generator is a compound that has a cation moiety and an anion moiety in the same molecule, and the cation moiety and the anion moiety are linked by a covalent bond. Good.
The compound is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 一般式(C-1)~(C-3)中、
 R1、R2、R3は、炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 L1は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO3 、-SO2 、および-N-R4から選択されるアニオン部位を表す。R4は、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基:-C(=O)-、スルホニル基:-S(=O)2-、スルフィニル基:-S(=O)-を有する1価の置換基を表す。
 R1、R2、R3、R4、L1は互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、(C-3)において、R1~R3のうち2つを合わせて、N原子と2重結合を形成してもよい。
 R1~R3における炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基である。
 2価の連結基としてのL1は、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。L1は、より好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。
In general formulas (C-1) to (C-3),
R 1 , R 2 and R 3 represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking the cation moiety and the anion moiety.
-X - it is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N. R 4 is a group having a carbonyl group: —C (═O) —, a sulfonyl group: —S (═O) 2 —, and a sulfinyl group: —S (═O) — at the site of connection with the adjacent N atom. Represents a valent substituent.
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and L 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. In (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 may be combined to form a double bond with the N atom.
Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, cycloalkylamino A carbonyl group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned. Preferably, they are an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group.
L 1 as the divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, and two types thereof. Examples include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is more preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
 一般式(C-1)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2013-6827号公報の段落[0037]~[0039]及び特開2013-8020号公報の段落[0027]~[0029]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(C-2)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2012-189977号公報の段落[0012]~[0013]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 一般式(C-3)で表される化合物の好ましい例としては、特開2012-252124号公報の段落[0029]~[0031]に例示された化合物を挙げることが出来る。
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩の含有量は、組成物の固形分基準で、0.5~10.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~8.0質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0~8.0質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include paragraphs [0037] to [0039] of JP2013-6827A and paragraphs [0027] to [0029] of JP2013-8020A. ] Can be mentioned.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-2) include compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0012] to [0013] of JP2012-189977A.
Preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (C-3) include the compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0029] to [0031] of JP 2012-252124 A.
The content of the onium salt that is a weak acid relative to the acid generator is preferably 0.5 to 10.0% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 8.0% by mass based on the solid content of the composition. % Is more preferable, and 1.0 to 8.0% by mass is even more preferable.
<溶剤(以下、「溶剤(D)」という。)>
 組成物には、溶剤(D)が含有されていてもよい。溶剤(D)は、樹脂(A)の種類及びその量と、一般式(I)で表される化合物の種類及びその量とに応じ、さらに後述するレジストパターンの製造において、基板上に本発明の組成物を塗布する際の塗布性が良好となるという点から適宜、最適なものを選ぶことができる。
<Solvent (hereinafter referred to as “solvent (D)”)>
The composition may contain a solvent (D). The solvent (D) is used on the substrate in the production of a resist pattern, which will be described later, according to the type and amount of the resin (A) and the type and amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I). From the viewpoint that the applicability when applying the composition is improved, an optimum one can be selected.
 溶剤(D)としては、エチルセロソルブアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)等のグリコールエーテルエステル類;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)等のグリコールエーテル類;乳酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル及びピルビン酸エチル等のエステル類;アセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、2-ヘプタノン及びシクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;γ-ブチロラクトン等の環状エステル類、プロピレンカーボネート等のカーボネート類などが挙げられる。溶剤(D)は、1種のみを使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。好ましい溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン及びγ-ブチロラクトンが挙げられる。2-ヘプタノン及びγ-ブチロラクトンの少なくともいずれか1種を含む溶剤であることがより好ましく、2-ヘプタノン及びγ-ブチロラクトンを含む2種以上の混合溶剤であることが特に好ましい。
 具体的には、PGMEA/乳酸エチル、PGMEA/PGME、PGMEA/シクロヘキサノンから選択される2種混合溶剤、PGMEA/乳酸エチル/γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA/シクロヘキサノン/γ-ブチロラクトン、PGMEA/2-ヘプタノン/プロピレンカーボネート、PGME/シクロヘキサノン/プロピレンカーボネート、PGMEA/PG
ME/γ-ブチロラクトンから選択される3種混合溶剤、PGMEA/PGME/シクロヘキサノン/γ-ブチロラクトンの4種混合溶剤などが好ましい。
As the solvent (D), glycol ether esters such as ethyl cellosolve acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); glycol ethers such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME); ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, acetic acid Examples thereof include esters such as amyl and ethyl pyruvate; ketones such as acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, 2-heptanone and cyclohexanone; cyclic esters such as γ-butyrolactone, and carbonates such as propylene carbonate. Only 1 type may be used for a solvent (D) and it may use 2 or more types together. Preferred solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone and γ-butyrolactone. A solvent containing at least one of 2-heptanone and γ-butyrolactone is more preferable, and a mixed solvent of two or more containing 2-heptanone and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferable.
Specifically, two kinds of mixed solvents selected from PGMEA / ethyl lactate, PGMEA / PGME, PGMEA / cyclohexanone, PGMEA / ethyl lactate / γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA / cyclohexanone / γ-butyrolactone, PGMEA / 2-heptanone / propylene Carbonate, PGME / cyclohexanone / propylene carbonate, PGMEA / PG
A mixed solvent of three kinds selected from ME / γ-butyrolactone, a mixed solvent of four kinds of PGMEA / PGME / cyclohexanone / γ-butyrolactone, and the like are preferable.
<その他の成分>
 組成物は、必要に応じて、上述した成分(例えば、樹脂(A)、酸発生剤(B)、溶剤(D)及び塩基性化合物(E)など)以外の構成成分を含んでいてもよい。この構成成分を「成分(F)」という。かかる成分(F)に特に限定はなく、レジスト分野で公知の添加剤、例えば、増感剤、溶解抑止剤、界面活性剤、安定剤及び染料等が挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The composition may contain components other than the above-described components (for example, the resin (A), the acid generator (B), the solvent (D), the basic compound (E), etc.) as necessary. . This component is referred to as “component (F)”. Such component (F) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include additives known in the resist field, such as sensitizers, dissolution inhibitors, surfactants, stabilizers, and dyes.
<パターン形成方法>
 次に、本発明に係るパターン形成方法について説明する。
 本発明のパターン形成方法(ネガ型パターン形成方法)は、以下の工程を少なくとも有する。
 (ア)本発明の組成物を含む膜(レジスト膜)を形成する工程(膜形成工程)、
 (イ)該膜に活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程(露光工程)、及び
 (ウ)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて上記活性光線又は放射線を照射した膜を現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)
<Pattern formation method>
Next, the pattern forming method according to the present invention will be described.
The pattern forming method (negative pattern forming method) of the present invention includes at least the following steps.
(A) a step of forming a film (resist film) containing the composition of the present invention (film forming step),
(A) a step of irradiating the film with actinic rays or radiation (exposure step); and (c) a step of developing the film irradiated with actinic rays or radiation using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent development step). )
 上記工程(イ)における露光(活性光線又は放射線を照射)は、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(イ)露光工程の後に、(エ)加熱工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(オ)アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に含んでいてもよい。工程(オ)を含むことにより、特開2008‐292975号公報に記載されているように、1回の露光によって光学パターンより微細なレジストパターンを形成することが可能となると期待される。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(イ)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(エ)加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
The exposure (irradiation with actinic rays or radiation) in the step (a) may be immersion exposure.
The pattern formation method of the present invention preferably includes (i) a heating step after (b) the exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may further include (e) a step of developing using an alkali developer. By including the step (e), it is expected that a resist pattern finer than the optical pattern can be formed by a single exposure as described in JP-A-2008-292975.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (a) an exposure step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (d) a heating step a plurality of times.
 本発明のレジスト膜は、上記した本発明の組成物から形成されるものであり、より具体的には、基材に組成物を塗布することにより形成される膜であることが好ましい。本発明のパターン形成方法において、組成物による膜を基板上に形成する工程、膜を露光する工程、及び現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。 The resist film of the present invention is formed from the above-described composition of the present invention, and more specifically, is preferably a film formed by applying the composition to a substrate. In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the step of forming a film of the composition on the substrate, the step of exposing the film, and the developing step can be performed by generally known methods.
 製膜後、露光工程の前に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。
 また、露光工程の後かつ現像工程の前に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exp
osure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
It is also preferable to include a preheating step (PB; Prebake) after the film formation and before the exposure step.
Also, a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exp) after the exposure step and before the development step.
(osake Bake) is also preferable.
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~130℃で行うことが好ましく、80~120℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
 本発明における露光装置に用いられる光源波長に制限は無いが、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、電子線等を挙げることができ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましく、ArFエキシマレーザーであることがより好ましい。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in the light source wavelength used for the exposure apparatus in this invention, Infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, an electron beam, etc. can be mentioned, Preferably it is 250 nm or less. More preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably far ultraviolet light having a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), electron beam, etc., KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam are preferable, and ArF excimer laser is more preferable.
 また、本発明の露光工程においては液浸露光方法を適用することができる。
 液浸露光方法とは、解像力を高める技術として、投影レンズと試料の間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たし露光する技術である。
 この「液浸の効果」はλを露光光の空気中での波長とし、nを空気に対する液浸液の屈折率、θを光線の収束半角としNA=sinθとすると、液浸した場合、解像力及びフォーカス余裕度(DOF)は次式で表すことができる。ここで、k1及びk2はプロセスに関係する係数である。
In the exposure process of the present invention, an immersion exposure method can be applied.
The immersion exposure method is a technology for filling and exposing a projection lens and a sample with a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as “immersion liquid”) as a technique for increasing the resolving power.
This “immersion effect” means that when λ 0 is the wavelength of the exposure light in the air, n is the refractive index of the immersion liquid with respect to the air, θ is the convergence angle of the light beam, and NA 0 = sin θ. The resolution and the focus margin (DOF) can be expressed by the following equations. Here, k 1 and k 2 are coefficients related to the process.
 (解像力)=k1・(λ/n)/NA
 (DOF)=±k2・(λ/n)/NA 2
 すなわち、液浸の効果は波長が1/nの露光波長を使用するのと等価である。言い換えれば、同じNAの投影光学系の場合、液浸により、焦点深度をn倍にすることができる。これは、あらゆるパターン形状に対して有効であり、更に、現在検討されている位相シフト法、変形照明法などの超解像技術と組み合わせることが可能である。
(Resolving power) = k 1 · (λ 0 / n) / NA 0
(DOF) = ± k 2 · (λ 0 / n) / NA 0 2
That is, the immersion effect is equivalent to using an exposure wavelength having a wavelength of 1 / n. In other words, in the case of a projection optical system with the same NA, the depth of focus can be increased n times by immersion. This is effective for all pattern shapes, and can be combined with a super-resolution technique such as a phase shift method and a modified illumination method which are currently being studied.
 液浸露光を行う場合には、(1)基板上に膜を形成した後、露光する工程の前に、及び/又は(2)液浸液を介して膜に露光する工程の後、膜を加熱する工程の前に、膜の表面を水系の薬液で洗浄する工程を実施してもよい。 When performing immersion exposure, (1) after forming the film on the substrate, before the exposure step and / or (2) after exposing the film via the immersion liquid, Prior to the heating step, a step of washing the surface of the membrane with an aqueous chemical may be performed.
 液浸液は、露光波長に対して透明であり、かつ膜上に投影される光学像の歪みを最小限に留めるよう、屈折率の温度係数ができる限り小さい液体が好ましいが、特に露光光源がArFエキシマレーザー(波長;193nm)である場合には、上述の観点に加えて、入手の容易さ、取り扱いのし易さといった点から水を用いるのが好ましい。 The immersion liquid is preferably a liquid that is transparent to the exposure wavelength and has a refractive index temperature coefficient as small as possible so as to minimize distortion of the optical image projected onto the film. In the case of an ArF excimer laser (wavelength: 193 nm), it is preferable to use water from the viewpoints of availability and ease of handling in addition to the above-described viewpoints.
 水を用いる場合、水の表面張力を減少させるとともに、界面活性力を増大させる添加剤(液体)を僅かな割合で添加しても良い。この添加剤はウエハー上のレジスト層を溶解させず、かつレンズ素子の下面の光学コートに対する影響が無視できるものが好ましい。
 このような添加剤としては、例えば、水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有する脂肪族系のアルコールが好ましく、具体的にはメチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。水とほぼ等しい屈折率を有するアルコールを添加することにより、水中のアルコール成分が蒸発して含有濃度が変化しても、液体全体としての屈折率変化を極めて小さくできるといった利点が得られる。
When water is used, an additive (liquid) that decreases the surface tension of water and increases the surface activity may be added in a small proportion. This additive is preferably one that does not dissolve the resist layer on the wafer and can ignore the influence on the optical coating on the lower surface of the lens element.
As such an additive, for example, an aliphatic alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water is preferable, and specific examples include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. By adding an alcohol having a refractive index substantially equal to that of water, even if the alcohol component in water evaporates and the content concentration changes, an advantage is obtained that the refractive index change as a whole liquid can be made extremely small.
 一方で、193nm光に対して不透明な物質や屈折率が水と大きく異なる不純物が混入した場合、レジスト上に投影される光学像の歪みを招くため、使用する水としては、蒸留水が好ましい。更にイオン交換フィルター等を通して濾過を行った純水を用いてもよい。
 液浸液として用いる水の電気抵抗は、18.3MQcm以上であることが望ましく、TOC(有機物濃度)は20ppb以下であることが望ましく、脱気処理をしていることが望ましい。
On the other hand, when an opaque substance or impurities whose refractive index is significantly different from that of water are mixed with respect to 193 nm light, the optical image projected on the resist is distorted. Therefore, distilled water is preferable as the water to be used. Further, pure water filtered through an ion exchange filter or the like may be used.
The electrical resistance of the water used as the immersion liquid is preferably 18.3 MQcm or more, the TOC (organic substance concentration) is preferably 20 ppb or less, and deaeration treatment is preferably performed.
 また、液浸液の屈折率を高めることにより、リソグラフィー性能を高めることが可能である。このような観点から、屈折率を高めるような添加剤を水に加えたり、水の代わりに重水(D2O)を用いてもよい。 Moreover, it is possible to improve lithography performance by increasing the refractive index of the immersion liquid. From such a viewpoint, an additive for increasing the refractive index may be added to water, or heavy water (D 2 O) may be used instead of water.
 本発明における組成物を用いて形成したレジスト膜の後退接触角は温度23±3℃、湿度45±5%において70°以上であることが好ましく、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適であり、75°以上であることがより好ましく、75~85°であることがさらに好ましい。
 後退接触角が小さすぎると、液浸媒体を介して露光する場合に好適に用いることができず、かつ水残り(ウォーターマーク)欠陥低減の効果を十分に発揮することができない。
The receding contact angle of the resist film formed using the composition in the present invention is preferably 70 ° or more at a temperature of 23 ± 3 ° C. and a humidity of 45 ± 5%, and is suitable for exposure through an immersion medium. More preferably 75 ° or more, and further preferably 75 to 85 °.
If the receding contact angle is too small, it cannot be suitably used for exposure through an immersion medium, and the effect of reducing water residue (watermark) defects cannot be sufficiently exhibited.
 樹脂(A)がフッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない場合、本発明における組成物に疎水性樹脂(HR)を含有させることにより、レジスト膜表面の後退接触角を向上させることができる。
 後退接触角を向上させる観点から、疎水性樹脂(HR)のClogP値は、1.5以上であることが好ましい。更に、後退接触角を向上させる観点から、疎水性樹脂(HR)中の側鎖部分が有するCH3部分構造の疎水性樹脂(HR)中に占める質量含有率は、12.0%以上であることが好ましい。
When the resin (A) does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the receding contact angle on the resist film surface can be improved by adding the hydrophobic resin (HR) to the composition in the present invention.
From the viewpoint of improving the receding contact angle, the ClogP value of the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably 1.5 or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the receding contact angle, the mass content of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (HR) in the CH 3 partial structure in the hydrophobic resin (HR) is 12.0% or more. It is preferable.
 液浸露光工程に於いては、露光ヘッドが高速でウェハ上をスキャンし露光パターンを形成していく動きに追随して、液浸液がウェハ上を動く必要があるので、動的な状態におけるレジスト膜に対する液浸液の接触角が重要になり、液滴が残存することなく、露光ヘッドの高速なスキャンに追随する性能がレジストには求められる。 In the immersion exposure process, the immersion head needs to move on the wafer following the movement of the exposure head to scan the wafer at high speed and form an exposure pattern. The contact angle of the immersion liquid with respect to the resist film is important, and the resist is required to follow the high-speed scanning of the exposure head without remaining droplets.
 本発明において膜を形成する基板は特に限定されるものではなく、シリコン、SiN、SiO2やSiN等の無機基板、SOG等の塗布系無機基板等、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。更に、必要に応じて有機反射防止膜を膜と基板の間に形成させてもよい。 In the present invention, the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and silicon, SiN, inorganic substrates such as SiO 2 and SiN, coated inorganic substrates such as SOG, semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC, liquid crystal, and thermal head For example, a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process or other photofabrication lithography process can be used. Further, if necessary, an organic antireflection film may be formed between the film and the substrate.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有する場合、アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピヘリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。 When the pattern forming method of the present invention further includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and ammonia. Inorganic alkalis such as water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, Alkaline aqueous solutions such as alcohol amines such as ethanolamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and tetraethylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and pihelidine can be used.
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38%質量の水溶液が望ましい。
Furthermore, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
In particular, an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。
As a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development, pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
In addition, after the developing process or the rinsing process, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
 本発明のパターン形成方法に含まれる、有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程における当該現像液(以下、有機系現像液とも言う)としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。 As the developer (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer) in the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, which is included in the pattern forming method of the present invention, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent Polar solvents such as solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc. Can be mentioned.
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, alcohols such as n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethylbuta Glycol ether solvents such as Lumpur can be mentioned.
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。
但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water.
However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used in the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. .
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。 Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, formic acid Ester solvents such as chill, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, alcohol solvents such as n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxy Glycol ether solvents such as butyl butanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, and aromatic carbonization such as toluene and xylene Examples thereof include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hydrogen solvents, octane, and decane.
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドのアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。 Specific examples having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less which is a particularly preferable range include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone , Ketone solvents such as phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3- Methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate, butyl lactate and propyl lactate, n-butyl alcohol Alcohol solvents such as sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, and glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethylene glycol And glycol ether solvents such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol, N-methyl-2 -Amido solvents of pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents decane.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. Examples of these fluorine and / or silicon surfactants include, for example, JP-A No. 62-36663, JP-A No. 61-226746, JP-A No. 61-226745, JP-A No. 62-170950, JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, The surfactants described in the specifications of US Pat. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%、好ましくは0.005~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%である。 The amount of the surfactant used is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液は、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。本発明で用いられる現像液が含みうる塩基性化合物の具体例及び好ましい例としては、前述した、組成物が含みうる塩基性化合物におけるものと同様である。 The developer containing an organic solvent may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as those described above for the basic compound that can be contained in the composition.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。 As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm2以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/m
2以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm2以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm2以上が好ましい。
When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, more preferably 1.5 mL / sec / m
m 2 or less, more preferably 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit of the flow rate, 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、恐らくは、吐出圧を上記範囲とすることで、現像液がレジスト膜に与える圧力が小さくなり、レジスト膜・レジストパターンが不用意に削られたり崩れたりすることが抑制されるためと考えられる。
By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced.
The details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied to the resist film by the developer will decrease, and the resist film / resist pattern may be inadvertently scraped or broken. This is considered to be suppressed.
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm2)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。
The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、更に、アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行い、レジストパターンを形成する工程(オ)(アルカリ現像工程)を含むことができる。これにより、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。
 本発明において、有機溶剤現像工程(ウ)によって露光強度の弱い部分が除去されるが、更にアルカリ現像工程を行うことによって露光強度の強い部分も除去される。このように現像を複数回行う多重現像プロセスにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、通常より微細なパターンを形成できる(特開2008-292975[0077]と同様のメカニズム)。
 アルカリ現像は、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(ウ)の前後どちらでも行うことが出来るが、有機溶剤現像工程(ウ)の前に行うことがより好ましい。
The pattern formation method of the present invention can further include a step (e) (alkali development step) of performing development using an alkaline aqueous solution to form a resist pattern. Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.
In the present invention, a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step (c), but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by performing an alkali development step. In this way, by the multiple development process in which development is performed a plurality of times, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only the intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-292975 [0077]). The same mechanism).
The alkali development can be performed either before or after the development step (c) using a developer containing an organic solvent, but is more preferably performed before the organic solvent development step (c).
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後には、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。
Moreover, you may implement the process of stopping image development, after substituting with another solvent after the process developed using the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
It is preferable to include the process of wash | cleaning using a rinse liquid after the process developed using the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. . As the rinsing liquid, a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents should be used. Is preferred.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、より好ましくは、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、特に好ましくは、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、最も好ましくは、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。 More preferably, it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. A step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノールなどを用いることができ、特に好ましい炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。
Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 リンス工程においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いる現像を行ったウェハを上記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
In the rinsing step, the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Examples are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
<組成物(レジスト組成物)の調製>
 下記表1に示す成分を同表に示す溶媒に溶解させて得られた溶液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過して、レジスト組成物を調製した。
<Preparation of composition (resist composition)>
A solution obtained by dissolving the components shown in Table 1 below in a solvent shown in the same table was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare a resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000084
 上記表1中で使用した各種成分を以下にまとめて示す。
 下記の各樹脂A1~A9について、繰り返し単位の組成比はモル比である。
 なお、後述するB-14及びB-15には、一般式(I)においてRで示される有機基が含まれていない。
Various components used in Table 1 are summarized below.
For each of the resins A1 to A9 described below, the composition ratio of the repeating units is a molar ratio.
Note that B-14 and B-15 described later do not contain an organic group represented by R in the general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
N-4:2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン N-4: 2,6-diisopropylaniline
W-1:メガファックF176(DIC(株)製)(フッ素系)
W-2:メガファックR08(DIC(株)製)(フッ素及びシリコン系)
W-3:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)(シリコン系)W-4:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製)
W-5:KH-20(旭化成(株)製)
W-6:PolyFoxTM PF-6320(OMNOVA solution inc.製)(フッ素系)
W-1: Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) (fluorine and silicon)
W-3: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) (silicon-based) W-4: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.)
W-5: KH-20 (Asahi Kasei Corporation)
W-6: PolyFox PF-6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA solution inc.) (Fluorine-based)
〔溶剤〕
SL-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
SL-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート
SL-3:2-ヘプタノン
SL-4:乳酸エチル
SL-5:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
SL-6:シクロヘキサノン
SL-7:γ-ブチロラクトン
SL-8:プロピレンカーボネート
〔solvent〕
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate SL-3: 2-heptanone SL-4: Ethyl lactate SL-5: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether SL-6: Cyclohexanone SL-7: γ-butyrolactone SL-8: propylene carbonate
<ラインアンドスペースパターン評価>
(ラインアンドスペースパターン形成方法)
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用のARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で、60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に上記レジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベーク(PB)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。得られたシリコンウエハを、ArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製 XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.981、インナーシグマ0.895、XY偏向)を用い、線幅45nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して露光した。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後105℃で、60秒間加熱(PEB)した後、現像液(酢酸ブチル)で30秒間現像し、純水でパドルしてリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間シリコンウエハを回転させた後に、90℃60秒間ポストベークをすることにより、ピッチ90nm、線幅45nmのラインアンドスペース(1:1)のレジストパターンを得た。
<Line and space pattern evaluation>
(Line and space pattern forming method)
ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflection film was applied onto a silicon wafer, and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. The resist composition was applied thereon and baked (PB) at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 100 nm. Using the ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (XTML1700i, NA1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.981, inner sigma 0.895, XY deflection, manufactured by ASML), the obtained silicon wafer was 1 with a line width of 45 nm. 1: exposed through a 6% halftone mask with a line and space pattern. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. After heating (PEB) at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds, developing with a developer (butyl acetate) for 30 seconds, paddle with pure water and rinsing, and rotating a silicon wafer at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds By performing post-baking at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, a line and space (1: 1) resist pattern having a pitch of 90 nm and a line width of 45 nm was obtained.
(マスクエラーエンハンスメントファクター(MEEF)の評価)
 各実施例及び比較例で使用したマスクに関し、マスクのピッチ(線幅とスペース幅の和)は固定したまま、マスクの線幅を変更し、各実施例及び比較例における上記最適露光量(上記ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像する露光量)で、各実施例及び比較例の方法に従ってパターン形成したときの、得られたパターンの線幅変化の傾きの絶対値をMEEFとした。すなわち、次式で定義されるMEEFを算出した。この値が1に近いほど、レジストとしての性能は良好である。
パターンの線幅(nm)=a×マスクの線幅変化量(nm)+b
(aの絶対値=MEEF、b=定数)
(Evaluation of mask error enhancement factor (MEEF))
With respect to the masks used in each of the examples and comparative examples, the mask line width (the sum of the line width and the space width) was changed, the mask line width was changed, and the optimum exposure amount in each example and comparative example (above The absolute value of the slope of the change in line width of the obtained pattern when the pattern was formed according to the method of each example and comparative example was defined as MEEF. That is, MEEF defined by the following formula was calculated. The closer this value is to 1, the better the performance as a resist.
Pattern line width (nm) = a × mask line width variation (nm) + b
(Absolute value of a = MEEF, b = constant)
(ラインウィズスラフネス(LWR)の評価)
 各実施例及び比較例において前述したサイズのラインパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を使用して観察し、ラインパターンの長手方向2μmの範囲を等間隔で50点線幅を測定し、その標準偏差から3σを算出することで、LWRを評価した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
(Evaluation of line width roughness (LWR))
The line pattern of the size described above in each example and comparative example was observed using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM, Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II), and the range of 2 μm in the longitudinal direction of the line pattern was equally spaced. LWR was evaluated by measuring 50 dotted line widths and calculating 3σ from the standard deviation. A smaller value indicates better performance.
(パターン断面形状の評価)
 上記の方法にて得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡により観察し、レジストパターンの底部における線幅Lbと、レジストパターンの上部での線幅Laを測定した。0.9≦(La/Lb)≦1.1である場合は「矩形」、(La/Lb)>1.1である場合を「Tトップ形状」と定義し、得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡により観察し、矩形パターンが得られたものをA、Tトップ形状が得られたものをBとして評価した。断面形状としては、矩形パターンが好ましい。
(Evaluation of pattern cross section)
The cross-sectional shape of the pattern obtained by the above method was observed with a scanning electron microscope, and the line width Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the line width La at the top of the resist pattern were measured. The case where 0.9 ≦ (La / Lb) ≦ 1.1 is defined as “rectangular”, and the case where (La / Lb)> 1.1 is defined as “T-top shape”, and the cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern Were observed with a scanning electron microscope, and A was obtained when the rectangular pattern was obtained, and B was obtained when the T top shape was obtained. The cross-sectional shape is preferably a rectangular pattern.
<コンタクトホールパターン評価>
(コンタクトホールパターン形成方法)
 シリコンウエハ上に有機反射防止膜形成用のARC29A(日産化学社製)を塗布し、205℃で、60秒間ベークを行い、膜厚86nmの反射防止膜を形成した。その上に上記レジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で、60秒間ベーク(PB)を行い、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を形成した。得られたシリコンウエハをArFエキシマレーザー液浸スキャナー(ASML社製;XT1700i、NA1.20、C-Quad、アウターシグマ0.900、インナーシグマ0.812、XY偏向)を用い、ホール部分が45nmであり且つホール間のピッチが90nmである正方配列のハーフトーンマスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。液浸液としては超純水を用いた。その後105℃で、60秒間加熱(PEB)した後、現像液(酢酸ブチル)で30秒間現像し、純水でパドルしてリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間シリコンウエハを回転させた後に、90℃60秒間ポストベークをすることにより、孔径45nmのコンタクトホールパターンを得た。
<Contact hole pattern evaluation>
(Contact hole pattern formation method)
ARC29A (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.) for forming an organic antireflection film was applied onto a silicon wafer, and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an antireflection film having a thickness of 86 nm. The said resist composition was apply | coated on it, and it baked (PB) for 60 second at 100 degreeC, and formed the resist film with a film thickness of 100 nm. The obtained silicon wafer was used with an ArF excimer laser immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML; XT1700i, NA 1.20, C-Quad, outer sigma 0.900, inner sigma 0.812, XY deflection) with a hole portion of 45 nm. Pattern exposure was performed through a square array of halftone masks having a pitch between holes of 90 nm. Ultra pure water was used as the immersion liquid. After heating (PEB) at 105 ° C. for 60 seconds, developing with a developer (butyl acetate) for 30 seconds, paddle with pure water, rinsing, and rotating a silicon wafer for 30 seconds at a rotational speed of 4000 rpm A contact hole pattern with a hole diameter of 45 nm was obtained by post-baking at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds.
(マスクエラーエンハンスメントファクター(MEEF)の評価)
 各実施例及び比較例で使用したマスクに関し、マスクのピッチ(ホールサイズとスペース幅との和)は固定したまま、マスクのホールサイズを変更し、感度評価における上記最適露光量(上記コンタクトホールパターンを解像する露光量)でパターン形成した際に得られたホールパターンの直径の変化を観測した。そして、その傾きの絶対値をMEEFとした。即ち、次式で定義されるMEEFを算出した。この値が1に近いほど、レジストとしての性能は良好である。
パターンのホールサイズ(nm)=a×マスクのホールサイズの変化量(nm)+b
(aの絶対値=MEEF、b=定数)
(Evaluation of mask error enhancement factor (MEEF))
With respect to the masks used in each of the examples and comparative examples, the mask pitch (the sum of the hole size and the space width) was fixed, the mask hole size was changed, and the optimum exposure amount in the sensitivity evaluation (the contact hole pattern) The change in the diameter of the hole pattern obtained at the time of pattern formation was observed. And the absolute value of the inclination was set to MEEF. That is, MEEF defined by the following equation was calculated. The closer this value is to 1, the better the performance as a resist.
Pattern hole size (nm) = a × mask hole size variation (nm) + b
(Absolute value of a = MEEF, b = constant)
(クリティカルディメンジョン均一性(CDU)の評価)
 各実施例及び比較例において前述したサイズのホールパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(株)日立製作所S-9380II)を使用して観察し、90個のホールパターンの直径を測定し、その標準偏差から3σを算出することでCDUを評価した。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
(Evaluation of critical dimension uniformity (CDU))
The hole pattern of the size described above in each example and comparative example was observed using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM, Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II), and the diameters of 90 hole patterns were measured. CDU was evaluated by calculating 3σ from the standard deviation. A smaller value indicates better performance.
(パターン断面形状)
 レジストパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡を用いて観察し、レジストパターンの底部におけるホール径Lbと、レジストパターンの上部でのホール径Laを測定し、0.9≦(La/Lb)≦1.1である場合は「A(良好)」と、この範囲外である場合は「B(不良)」と評価した。
(Pattern cross-sectional shape)
The cross-sectional shape of the resist pattern is observed using a scanning electron microscope, the hole diameter Lb at the bottom of the resist pattern and the hole diameter La at the top of the resist pattern are measured, and 0.9 ≦ (La / Lb) ≦ 1 .1 was evaluated as “A (good)”, and when it was out of this range, it was evaluated as “B (defective)”.
 上記評価結果を以下の表2にまとめて示す。 The above evaluation results are summarized in Table 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
 上記表に示すように、本発明のパターン形成方法においては、形成されるパターン形状が優れていることが確認された。
 例えば、実施例5と実施例17との比較から分かるように、塩基性化合物として一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物を使用した場合、より優れた効果が得られることが確認された。
 また、Rとして環状構造を有さないB-3とB-10を使用した実施例6及び18と、Rとして環状構造を有さない光酸発生剤を用いた他の実施例とを比較すると、他の実施例のほうがLWRやCDUなどが小さく、より優れた効果が得られることが確認された。
As shown in the above table, in the pattern forming method of the present invention, it was confirmed that the pattern shape to be formed was excellent.
For example, as can be seen from the comparison between Example 5 and Example 17, when the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (C-1) to (C-3) was used as the basic compound, it was more excellent. It was confirmed that an effect was obtained.
Further, when Examples 6 and 18 using B-3 and B-10 having no cyclic structure as R are compared with other examples using a photoacid generator having no cyclic structure as R, In other examples, it was confirmed that LWR, CDU and the like were smaller, and a more excellent effect was obtained.
 一方、特許文献1に具体的に開示される化合物(一般式(I)においてRで示される有機基を有さない化合物)を使用した比較例1および2においては、実施例と比較して、形成されるパターンの形状性が劣っていた。 On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 using the compounds specifically disclosed in Patent Document 1 (compounds having no organic group represented by R in the general formula (I)), compared with Examples, The shape of the pattern formed was inferior.

Claims (12)

  1.  (ア)下記(A)及び(B)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜を形成する工程、
    (A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂、
    (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する、一般式(I)で表される化合物
    (イ)前記膜に活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び
    (ウ)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて前記活性光線又は放射線を照射した膜を現像する工程、を有するパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    一般式(I)中、Z+はカチオンを表す。Q1及びQ2は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素、又は、少なくとも1つ以上のフッ素で置換されたアルキル基を表す。Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Wは、環状構造を有する基を表す。Rは、有機基を表す。
    (A) forming a film with an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing the following (A) and (B):
    (A) a resin whose polarity increases by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developer containing an organic solvent decreases,
    (B) A compound represented by the general formula (I) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (a) a step of irradiating the film with actinic rays or radiation, and (c) a developer containing an organic solvent. And developing a film irradiated with the actinic ray or radiation using a pattern.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the general formula (I), Z + represents a cation. Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represents fluorine or an alkyl group substituted with at least one or more fluorine atoms. L represents a divalent linking group. W represents a group having a cyclic structure. R represents an organic group.
  2.  Rが、環状構造を有する基である請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。 2. The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein R is a group having a cyclic structure.
  3.  Wが、多環式脂肪族基である請求項1又は2に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein W is a polycyclic aliphatic group.
  4.  Wが、アダマンチレン基である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein W is an adamantylene group.
  5.  前記有機溶剤を含む現像液における有機溶剤の含有量が、前記現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein a content of the organic solvent in the developer containing the organic solvent is 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developer. Method.
  6.  前記現像液が、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類を含有する、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 6. The developer according to claim 1, wherein the developer contains at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents. Pattern forming method.
  7.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、前記樹脂(A)とは異なる、疎水性樹脂(HR)を更に含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a hydrophobic resin (HR) different from the resin (A). .
  8.  前記工程(イ)における露光が液浸露光である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the exposure in the step (a) is immersion exposure.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法のために供せられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項9に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成されるレジスト膜。 A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 9.
  11.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  12.  請求項11に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。 An electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2014/061133 2013-04-26 2014-04-21 Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device WO2014175201A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020157029659A KR101783737B1 (en) 2013-04-26 2014-04-21 Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-094548 2013-04-26
JP2013094548A JP2014215548A (en) 2013-04-26 2013-04-26 Pattern formation method, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition used therein and resist film, and electronic device using the same and method for manufacturing the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014175201A1 true WO2014175201A1 (en) 2014-10-30

Family

ID=51791777

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/061133 WO2014175201A1 (en) 2013-04-26 2014-04-21 Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2014215548A (en)
KR (1) KR101783737B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI607283B (en)
WO (1) WO2014175201A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019104721A (en) * 2017-12-08 2019-06-27 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
CN111902775A (en) * 2018-04-19 2020-11-06 富士胶片株式会社 Method for producing pattern, method for producing optical filter, method for producing solid-state imaging element, method for producing image display device, photocurable composition, and film

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6944246B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2021-10-06 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP6974981B2 (en) * 2016-09-06 2021-12-01 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, resist composition and resist pattern
JP6986974B2 (en) * 2017-01-19 2021-12-22 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP7087730B2 (en) * 2017-07-07 2022-06-21 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP7070141B2 (en) * 2017-07-20 2022-05-18 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP7091874B2 (en) * 2017-07-20 2022-06-28 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP7138065B2 (en) * 2018-03-12 2022-09-15 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP7353124B2 (en) 2018-10-19 2023-09-29 住友化学株式会社 Compound, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP2024017219A (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method and salt

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011191753A (en) * 2010-02-19 2011-09-29 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, chemical amplification resist composition, and resist film
JP2012027436A (en) * 2010-06-25 2012-02-09 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, and resist film
JP2012073401A (en) * 2010-09-28 2012-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film and pattern formation method using the same
JP2012173438A (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-09-10 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
WO2013047091A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Fujifilm Corporation Pattern-forming method, electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, manufacturing method of electronic device using them and electronic device
WO2013058250A1 (en) * 2011-10-17 2013-04-25 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition
JP2013166749A (en) * 2012-01-19 2013-08-29 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP2013209360A (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-10-10 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Acid generator, chemically amplified resist material and patterning process
JP2013256496A (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP2013257539A (en) * 2012-05-15 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method for manufacturing resist pattern

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5537859B2 (en) * 2009-07-31 2014-07-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Treatment liquid for pattern formation by chemically amplified resist composition and resist pattern formation method using the same
KR101841000B1 (en) * 2010-07-28 2018-03-22 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Photoresist composition
JP2013008020A (en) * 2011-05-25 2013-01-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition
JP2012252124A (en) * 2011-06-02 2012-12-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition
JP6123328B2 (en) * 2012-02-15 2017-05-10 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6265632B2 (en) * 2012-07-05 2018-01-24 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6149511B2 (en) * 2012-07-12 2017-06-21 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6232837B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2017-11-22 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6232838B2 (en) * 2012-09-07 2017-11-22 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6246536B2 (en) * 2012-09-21 2017-12-13 住友化学株式会社 Resin, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6306852B2 (en) * 2012-11-09 2018-04-04 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6369008B2 (en) * 2012-11-19 2018-08-15 住友化学株式会社 Resin, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011191753A (en) * 2010-02-19 2011-09-29 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, chemical amplification resist composition, and resist film
JP2012027436A (en) * 2010-06-25 2012-02-09 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, and resist film
JP2012073401A (en) * 2010-09-28 2012-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film and pattern formation method using the same
JP2012173438A (en) * 2011-02-18 2012-09-10 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
WO2013047091A1 (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Fujifilm Corporation Pattern-forming method, electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, manufacturing method of electronic device using them and electronic device
WO2013058250A1 (en) * 2011-10-17 2013-04-25 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition
JP2013166749A (en) * 2012-01-19 2013-08-29 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP2013209360A (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-10-10 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Acid generator, chemically amplified resist material and patterning process
JP2013257539A (en) * 2012-05-15 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method for manufacturing resist pattern
JP2013256496A (en) * 2012-05-18 2013-12-26 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Salt, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2019104721A (en) * 2017-12-08 2019-06-27 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
JP7146586B2 (en) 2017-12-08 2022-10-04 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
CN111902775A (en) * 2018-04-19 2020-11-06 富士胶片株式会社 Method for producing pattern, method for producing optical filter, method for producing solid-state imaging element, method for producing image display device, photocurable composition, and film
CN111902775B (en) * 2018-04-19 2024-01-02 富士胶片株式会社 Pattern, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, method for manufacturing image display device, photocurable composition, and film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101783737B1 (en) 2017-10-10
TWI607283B (en) 2017-12-01
JP2014215548A (en) 2014-11-17
KR20150127290A (en) 2015-11-16
TW201443569A (en) 2014-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101783737B1 (en) Pattern formation method, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used therein, resist film, and electronic device using resist film and method for producing electronic device
JP7076570B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP5898521B2 (en) Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6140508B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2012180499A (en) Resin, resist composition, and method of manufacturing resist pattern
TWI521303B (en) Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP2023082000A (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2019026549A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7212029B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019216118A1 (en) Resist composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device production method
JPWO2019054282A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2023090803A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2014185347A1 (en) Pattern formation method, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in same, electronic device using same, and production method for electronic device
JP7124094B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
WO2022024856A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
JP6330250B2 (en) Method for producing resist pattern
WO2021172111A1 (en) Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2020105523A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6182864B2 (en) Method for producing resist pattern
JP2013064986A (en) Resist composition and production method of resist pattern
JP7309888B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2013257547A (en) Resist composition and method for manufacturing resist pattern

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14789110

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157029659

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14789110

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1